c 2008 abhijit bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/uf/e0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf ·...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
PREDICTIVE FORCE MODELING OF PERIPHERAL MILLING
By
ABHIJIT BHATTACHARYYA
A DISSERTATION PRESENTED TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOLOF THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT
OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OFDOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
2008
1
![Page 2: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
c© 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyya
2
![Page 3: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Dr. John K. Schueller, my revered advisor, made it possible for me to go back to
school. His method of training appears to be unique. He would ask only the simplest of
questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided
a kind of intellectual freedom that was the envy of my fellow students in the laboratory,
and encouraged me to keep my work uncomplicated. It is impossible for me to repay my
debt to him.
Dr. Brian P. Mann has been an inspiration as well as a coach. His work ethic and
self-discipline puts his graduate students to shame.
Dr. Fred J. Taylor has been most generous to me for reasons that are quite
unfathomable. He succeeded in teaching me a semblance of digital signal processing, a
subject whose non-trivial nature is not lost upon me. In addition to the depth of his
teachings, he combines a breadth of vision with a sense of humor that endears him to the
student community.
Dr. John C. Ziegert introduced me to the fascinating subject of uncertainty. The
imprint of his teaching is evident all over this document. While teaching manufacturing to
senior undergraduate students, it was my effort to adopt his methods of instruction as best
one could hope to imitate.
Dr. Tony L. Schmitz taught me the fundamentals of the structural dynamics of
production machinery. He suggested the idea of letting me teach the senior undergraduate
class. He has more physical stamina than most people, allowing him to work long hours to
produce a large volume of valuable contributions to the literature.
Dr. Norman G. Fitz-Coy has a way of influencing the minds of his students that
is hard to explain. He gave me a perspective into the subject of dynamics that is not
possible to obtain from the textbooks. His lectures titillate the senses. It was my good
fortune to have been his student, watching his blackboard from the backbench, and giving
3
![Page 4: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
him a hard time with an unending string of questions. Never did he betray any irritation,
adding his warm smile to his answers, instead.
Mr. Michael Braddock taught me more about machine shop practice than any other
person. His answers to my amateurish questions were always illuminating. His generosity
in permitting me to work in his laboratory is most gratefully acknowledged.
Many other teachers, staff and friends at the university contributed to my education.
They are too many to identify individually but the names of Dr. Nicolae D. Cristescu, Dr.
Raphael T. Haftka, Dr. Chen-chi Hsu, Dr. Andre Khuri, Dr. Wallace Gregory Sawyer,
Dr. David W. Hahn, Dr. Hitomi Yamaguchi Greenslet, Dr. Nagaraj K. Arakere, Dr. S.
Balachandar, Dr. Gene W. Hemp, Dr. Louis N. Cattafesta III, Dr. Z. Hugh Fan, Dr.
Gerald Bourne, Dr. Roberto Albertani, Dr. Fereshteh Ebrahimi, Dr. Tim Dalrymple,
Ms. Maud Fraser, Ms. Leslie A. Owen, Ms. Debra Anderson, Ms. Susan J. Studstill, Ms.
Genevieve Blake, Mr. Mark Riedy, Ms. Rebecca Hoover, Ms. Pam Simon, Ms. Sonya
Clements, Ms. Salena Robinson, Ms. Shirley Robinson, Ms. Jennifer Brown, Ms. Teresa
Mathia, Ms. Jan Rockey, Mr. Vann Chesney, Mr. John West, Mr. Jeff Studstill, and Mr.
Ron Brown, deserve to be recorded.
Ms. Renee Barfield and her pleasant crew, in general, and Ms. Beverly Wallace and
Ms. Dorothy Schuller in particular, worked diligently to keep our surroundings hygienic.
They ensured a clean house to which we could come to work every morning, and added
generous doses of laughter to provide the human touch that is so necessary to maintain
sanity in the workplace. The team is too large for individual names to be mentioned, but I
owe my gratitude to them all for their friendship.
Most of my students in the senior undergraduate manufacturing classes had difficulty
realizing that I actually cared for them, mistaking my efforts to provide them with a set
of practically useful skills for a lack of understanding of their needs. The conflict was
natural, but it is my hope that most of them took away some tangible benefits from their
forced association with me. Indeed, many of them have acknowledged my efforts in their
4
![Page 5: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
anonymous feedback forms, as well as expressed their happiness in person, though some
have been less than happy. They taught me more important lessons than they learnt from
me. Here, I wish to acknowledge them all for playing a role in my education.
The students at the Machine Tool Research Center provided an atmosphere in which
it was a pleasure to work. So too did the students of the Tribology Laboratory and the
Center for Intelligent Machines and Robotics. Many friendships were struck. It matters
little that most of them are not named here. Watching them at close proximity offered
me insights into how young minds function. The constant attention and assistance that
I have received from my very good friends, Scott W. T. Payne, Vadim J. Tymianski, Dr.
Mohammad H. Kurdi, Duke Hughes, Michelle Zahner, Christopher Zahner, and Jean
Francois Kamath, have made it possible for me to complete this work. Their selflessness
knows no bounds.
Last, but not least, the generosity of the people of the United States of America must
be acknowledged. They have treated me as their own, provided me with the opportunity
to get an education in this wonderful country, and offered me the respect due to a visiting
guest. They have indulged me in every which way, chauffeuring me around, serving me at
the dining table, accompanying me to the theaters and the stadiums, letting me drive their
cars, and even inviting me into their homes. It has been my effort to conduct myself with
dignity. I hope I did not disappoint my hosts.
5
![Page 6: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
page
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
LIST OF SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ABSTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CHAPTER
1 OVERVIEW AND MOTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.1 Motivation for Predictive Force Modeling of Peripheral Milling . . . . . . . 251.2 Review of the Open Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261.3 Justification and Scope of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PERIPHERAL MILLING PROCESS . . . . . . . . . 37
2.1 The Machine and the Cutting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372.2 Chip Area at the Tool Workpiece Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.3 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3 CHIP GEOMETRY IN HELICAL PERIPHERAL MILLING . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.1 Tool Chip Contact Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443.2 Analytical Expressions for θL, θT , and Chip Width, b . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2.1 Heaviside Unit Step Function Formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463.2.2 Fourier Trigonometric Series Formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.3 Analytical Expressions for Chip Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493.4 Effect of Process Parameters on Chip Thickness and Chip Width . . . . . 503.5 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4 MECHANISTIC FORCE MODEL FOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS . . 57
4.1 Force Model for a Single Tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.2 Average Force Based Estimates of Kt and Kn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.3 Multiple Tooth Formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.4 Effects of Tooth Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.5 Cutting Coefficient Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614.6 Force Prediction Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.7 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6
![Page 7: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
5 FORCE MODEL CALIBRATION FOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS . . 65
5.1 The Partial Radial Immersion Experiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655.2 Experimental Extraction of Cutting Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665.3 Variances of Model Input Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685.4 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
6 PROPAGATION OF UNCERTAINTIES THROUGH THE FORCE MODELFOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.1 Propagation of Uncertainties Through a Mathematical Model . . . . . . . 756.2 Variances of Cutting Coefficients and Effective Feed Rates . . . . . . . . . 77
6.2.1 Propagation of Average Force Uncertainty to Cutting Coefficients . 776.2.2 Propagation of Radial Runout Uncertainty to Effective Feeds . . . . 78
6.3 Propagation of Uncertainties Through the Cutting Force Model . . . . . . 786.3.1 Sensitivity Coefficients of Component Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . 786.3.2 Propagation of Type A Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796.3.3 Propagation of Type B1 Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806.3.4 Propagation of Type B2 Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
6.4 Expanded Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816.4.1 Expanded Uncertainty Coverage Factor Type A . . . . . . . . . . . 816.4.2 Expanded Uncertainty Coverage Factor Type B . . . . . . . . . . . 836.4.3 Overall Expanded Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.5 Force Prediction with 95% Confidence Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.6 Chapter Summary and Outlook for the Forthcoming Chapters . . . . . . . 84
7 INSTANTANEOUS RIGID FORCE MODEL FOR HELICAL PERIPHERALMILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7.1 Force Model for a Single Toothed Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927.2 Modeling for Multiple Teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947.3 Formulation for Cutting Coefficient Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.4 Verification of the Analytical Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
7.4.1 The Degenerate Case of Straight Fluted Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . 977.4.2 Comparison with a Numerical Solution for Helical Endmills . . . . . 98
7.5 Experimental Determination of Model Input Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 997.6 Variances of Model Input Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017.7 Propagation of Input Parameter Uncertainties Through the Force Model . 103
7.7.1 Propagation of Type A Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037.7.2 Propagation of Type B1 Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047.7.3 Expanded Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.8 Force Prediction Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067.9 Properties of the Analytical Force Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.9.1 Gibbs-Wilbraham Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077.9.2 Computer Implementation Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077.9.3 Relative Merits of the Two Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7
![Page 8: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
7.10 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
8 EFFECTS OF DIFFERENTIAL TOOTH PITCH ON THE HELICAL FORCEMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
8.1 Formulation for Differential Pitch Effects on Force Components . . . . . . 1288.2 Experimental Model Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288.3 Force Prediction Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308.4 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
9 EFFECTS OF RADIAL RUNOUT ON THE HELICAL FORCE MODEL . . . 135
9.1 Formulation for the Effects of Runout on Force Components . . . . . . . . 1369.2 Verification With a Numerical Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369.3 Experimental Model Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369.4 Force Prediction Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389.5 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
10 FORCE MODELING WITH INSTANTANEOUS CUTTING COEFFICIENTS 149
10.1 Instantaneous Cutting Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14910.2 Variances of Model Input Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15110.3 Propagation of Input Parameter Uncertainties Through the Force Model . 15210.4 Force Prediction Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15210.5 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
11 DYNAMIC INFLUENCES IN FORCE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 162
11.1 Description of the Force Measurement Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16211.2 Frequency Response of the Force Measurement Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . 16211.3 Chapter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
12 FUTURE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
12.1 Stability and Surface Location Problem Formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 16812.2 Augmented Force Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
13 CONCLUSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
APPENDIX
A ZELLNER’S REGRESSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
B DERIVATION OF FOURIER COEFFICIENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
B.1 Fourier Coefficients for θL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182B.2 Fourier Coefficients for θT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183B.3 Fourier Coefficients for b in Type I Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184B.4 Fourier Coefficients for b in Type II Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
8
![Page 9: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9
![Page 10: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
LIST OF TABLES
Table page
2-1 Computation of entry and exit angles (Ref. Fig. 2-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3-1 Construction of Fourier coefficients Lk,Mk, Tk, Rk, Bk and Ck . . . . . . . . . . 51
5-1 Experimental conditions: straight fluted endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5-2 Mean cutting constants with the straight fluted endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5-3 Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6-1 Summary of experimental conditions used for verification of force predictions,holding the cutting conditions of Table 5-1 fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
7-1 Parameters for comparison with the numerical solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7-2 Experimental conditions: 3-fluted, 45 helix endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7-3 Mean cutting constants with the 3-fluted, 45 helical endmill . . . . . . . . . . 111
7-4 Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7-5 Conditions for experimental verification of force predictions with the 3-fluted,45 helix endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
8-1 Experimental conditions: differential pitch cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8-2 Mean cutting constants with differential pitch cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8-3 Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8-4 Conditions for experimental verification of force predictions with differentialpitch cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
9-1 Experimental conditions: cutter with radial runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
9-2 Mean cutting constants with cutter having radial runout . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
9-3 Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
9-4 Conditions for experimental verification of force predictions with radial runout 140
10-1 Summary of experimental conditions used to verify force predictions based oninstantaneous Ktc,nc,ac, with the conditions of Table 9-1 held fixed . . . . . . . 154
10
![Page 11: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure page
1-1 Face milling and peripheral milling (endmilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1-2 Straight fluted and helical fluted endmills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2-1 Peripheral milling on a vertical milling machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2-2 Endmill terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2-3 Instantaneous chip area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2-4 Circular path approximation for chip thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2-5 Up-milling and down-milling configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3-1 Development of a helical cutting edge and the corresponding uncut chip . . . . 52
3-2 Progress of tool chip contact zone as the helical endmill rotates . . . . . . . . 52
3-3 Evolution of θL, and θT as functions of θp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3-4 Concept of averaged mean chip thickness in helical milling . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3-5 Evolution of mean chip thickness for different helix angles . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3-6 Variation of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, with radial immersion andaxial depth of cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3-7 Variation of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, with helix angle . . . . . . 55
3-8 Chip width evolution for varying helix angles at 50% RI . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3-9 Chip width evolution for varying helix angles at 25% RI . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4-1 Uncut chip area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4-2 Transformation of forces from a rotating frame (t, n) to a fixed frame (x, y). . . 63
4-3 Idealization of radial runout and its effect on the feed per tooth . . . . . . . . 64
4-4 Force prediction example for a straight fluted endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5-1 Experimental set-up: straight fluted endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5-2 Experimental estimation of entry angle using a phasor signal . . . . . . . . . . 74
5-3 Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients: dry milling of low carbon steelusing a straight fluted endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
6-1 Variation of sensitivity coefficients with θp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
11
![Page 12: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
6-2 Variation of the effective degrees of freedom of ucA(fx,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6-3 Variation of component combined uncertainties and overall expanded uncertainty 87
6-4 Example of 95% confidence interval placement on predicted forces . . . . . . . 88
6-5 Force prediction verification: fT = 0.150 mm/tooth, 50% RI, up-milling,runout 15 µm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6-6 Force prediction verification: fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, 50% RI, up-milling,runout 15 µm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6-7 Force prediction verification: fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, 50% RI, up-milling,runout 15 µm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6-8 Force prediction verification: fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, 75% RI, cut starts withh = 0, runout 15 µm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6-9 Force prediction verification: fT = 0.150 mm/tooth, 75% RI, cut starts withh = 0, runout 15 µm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7-1 Differential projected chip areas in helical peripheral milling . . . . . . . . . . 112
7-2 Projected differential frontal chip area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
7-3 Projected differential axial chip area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
7-4 Variation of the integrals I2, I2, and I3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7-5 Verification of the analytical model: the degenerate case of zero helix . . . . . 115
7-6 Comparison of analytical and numerical solutions for 30 helix, 75% RI . . . . 116
7-7 Residuals showing the difference between the analytical and numerical solutionsfor 30 helix, 75% RI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7-8 Analytical solutions for various conditions in helical peripheral milling . . . . . 118
7-9 Experimental set-up: diameter 12.7 mm, 3-fluted endmill with 45 helix . . . . 119
7-10 Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients: dry milling of 6061-T6 aluminumalloy, using a 3-fluted, 45 helix, endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
7-11 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, zero runout, 25% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . 120
7-12 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, zero runout, 25% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . 120
7-13 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, zero runout, 10% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . 121
12
![Page 13: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
7-14 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, zero runout, 10% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7-15 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, zero runout, 5% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7-16 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, zero runout, 5% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7-17 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, zero runout, 75% RI, cut begins with h = 0 . . . . . . 123
7-18 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, zero runout, 75% RI, cut begins with h = 0 . . . . . . 123
7-19 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, zero runout, 25% RI, up-milling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7-20 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficient model, 45 helix,fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, zero runout, 10% RI, up-milling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7-21 Gibbs-Wilbraham distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7-22 Convergence and computational burden of the Analytical Fourier solution . . . 126
8-1 Differential tooth pitch example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
8-2 Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients: dry milling of 6061-T6 aluminumalloy, using a differential pitch, 30 helix, endmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
8-3 Differential effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 30 helix, fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, 5% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . 133
8-4 Differential effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 30 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, 20% RI, down-milling . . . . . . . . . 133
8-5 Differential effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 30 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, 25% RI, up-milling . . . . . . . . . . 134
8-6 Differential effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 30 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, 50% RI, up-milling . . . . . . . . . . 134
9-1 Comparison with numerical solution with runout included . . . . . . . . . . . 141
9-2 Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients: dry milling of 6061-T6 aluminumalloy, using an equispaced tooth, 45 helix, endmill, 10 µm runout . . . . . . . 142
9-3 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 5% RI, down-milling . 142
13
![Page 14: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
9-4 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 5% RI, up-milling . . 143
9-5 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 10% RI, down-milling 143
9-6 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 10% RI, down-milling 144
9-7 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 20% RI, down-milling 144
9-8 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, down-milling 145
9-9 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, down-milling 145
9-10 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.025 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, up-milling . . 146
9-11 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 75% RI, cut endswith h = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
9-12 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 75% RI, cut startswith h = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
9-13 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI slotting . . . 147
9-14 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI slotting . . . 148
9-15 Runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental forces: Average cutting coefficientmodel, 45 helix, fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI slotting . . . 148
10-1 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 5% RI, down-milling . . . . . 155
10-2 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 5% RI, up-milling . . . . . . . 155
10-3 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 10% RI, down-milling . . . . 156
10-4 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 10% RI, down-milling . . . . 156
14
![Page 15: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
10-5 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 20% RI, up-milling . . . . . . 157
10-6 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, down-milling . . . . 157
10-7 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, down-milling . . . . 158
10-8 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.025 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 50% RI, up-milling . . . . . . 158
10-9 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 75% RI, cut ends with h = 0 . 159
10-10 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 75% RI, cut starts with h = 0 159
10-11 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.050 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI, slotting . . . . . . . 160
10-12 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI, slotting . . . . . . . 160
10-13 Predicted vs. experimental forces: Instantaneous cutting coefficient model,45 helix, fT = 0.200 mm/tooth, runout 10 µm, 100% RI, slotting . . . . . . . 161
11-1 FRFs of the force measuring chain: Real and Imaginary parts . . . . . . . . . 165
11-2 FRFs of the force measuring chain: Magnitude and Phase . . . . . . . . . . . 166
11-3 Effect of force measuring chain FRFs on measured force signals . . . . . . . . 167
12-1 Dynamic chip thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
12-2 Scheme for generation of stability contour using TFEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
15
![Page 16: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
LIST OF SYMBOLS
Aa projected axial chip area
Ac chip area
Adj. R2 adjusted coefficient of determination
Af projected frontal chip area
B block diagonal matrix of single equation least squares estimates of cutting
constants
B0 average Fourier coefficient in the trigonometric series expression for chip
width
Bk coefficients for cosine terms in the Fourier series expression for chip width
C shorthand for cos θ
Ck coefficients for sine terms in the Fourier series expression for chip width
D diameter of the endmill
FD dimensionless factors in the dynamic component of the cutting force
Fn normal (radial) component of the cutting force
FS dimensionless factors in the static component of the cutting force
Ft tangential component of the cutting force
Ftotal total force in the plane of cutter rotation
Fx,y,z x,y,z components of the instantaneous cutting force due to one tooth
FX,Y,Z x,y,z components of the instantaneous cutting force due to multiple teeth
F x,y,z x,y,z components of the average cutting force due to one tooth
F(x,y)D x,y,z components of the dynamic cutting force due to one tooth
F(x,y)S x,y,z components of the static cutting force due to one tooth
H(...) Heaviside unit step function
I1,2,3 integrals used in the evaluation of cutting coefficients in helical milling
Kac linearized axial cutting coefficient
Kae linearized axial edge coefficient
16
![Page 17: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Ki ν × 1 vector of logarithms of cutting coefficient responses
Kn linearized normal (radial) cutting coefficient for straight fluted endmills
Knc linearized normal (radial) cutting coefficient for helical endmills
Kne linearized normal (radial) edge coefficient for helical endmills
Kt linearized tangential cutting coefficient for straight fluted endmills
Ktc linearized tangential cutting coefficient for helical endmills
Kte linearized tangential edge coefficient for helical endmills
L0 average Fourier coefficient in the trigonometric series expression for θL
Lk coefficients for cosine terms in the Fourier series expression for θL
Mk coefficients for sine terms in the Fourier series expression for θL
N number of teeth in a cutter, or the number of inputs used to evaluate a
measurand indirectly
R2 coefficient of determination
RI radial immersion
Rk coefficients for sine terms in the Fourier series expression for θT
S shorthand for sin θ
T0 average Fourier coefficient in the trigonometric series expression for θT
Tk coefficients for cosine terms in the Fourier series expression for θT
U( ) overall expanded uncertainty
V (β) symmetric moment matrix of two-stage Aitken estimators
Xi ith input parameter used to evaluate a measurand indirectly
Y measurand whose value is evaluated indirectly as a function of input
parameters
a commanded (nominal) axial depth of cut
ar radial depth of cut
b instantaneous chip width
dfeff |ucA( ) effective degrees of freedom of the combined uncertainty of Type A
17
![Page 18: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
df |u( ) effective degrees of freedom of the uncertainty of sample measures of
cutting constants
fr feed per revolution
fT commanded (nominal) feed per tooth
fTieffective feed per tooth for the ith tooth
fx,y,z sample measures of x,y,z components of the instantaneous cutting force
due to one tooth
fx,y,z sample measures of x,y,z components of the average cutting force due to
one tooth
g symbol denoting a function
h instantaneous chip thickness (a function of θ)
h average chip thickness
hm mean instantaneous chip thickness in helical milling (a function of θp)
hm averaged mean instantaneous chip thickness in helical milling
hs static chip thickness
k subscript denoting the kth elements such as the kth elements in the
Fourier summations
p subscript denoting the pth tooth
s(t,n,a)(x,y,z) sensitivities of cutting coefficients with respect to average force
components
s(x,y,z)(Kt,n,a) sensitivities of cutting forces with respect to cutting coefficients
s(x,y,z)f sensitivities of cutting coefficients with respect to effective feeds
sij sensitivities of cutting force components with respect to cutting constants
t time
t,n subscripts denoting tangential and normal (radial) components
u( ) standard uncertainty
u( , ) covariance
18
![Page 19: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
uc( ) combined uncertainty
x,y,z subscripts denoting x, y, and z components
xi sample measures of input parameter, Xi
y sample measures of measurand, Y
βi 2× 1 vector of unknown constant parameters (the cutting constants)
βi single equation least squares estimates of βi
εi random error vector of the ith response
χi pitch angle of the ith tooth
∆h dynamic chip thickness
∆x x-component of dynamic chip thickness
∆y y-component of dynamic chip thickness
Γt,n,a cutting constants
γt,n,a sample measures of cutting constants
κA,B1,B2 coverage factors for component expanded uncertainties
λ helix angle
ν number of experimental data sets
ν1,2 shorthand for trigonometric expressions involving θst and θex
θ angular orientation of an arbitrary point on the cutting edge in the
tool-chip contact zone
θex exit angle of the leading point of the tooth
θL angular orientation of the leading point of tool-chip contact zone
θp cutter rotation angle, i.e., the angular orientation of the leading point of
the reference helical tooth (the pth tooth)
θspan total angular span of tool-chip contact
θst entry angle of the leading point of the tooth
θT angular orientation of the trailing point of the tool-chip contact zone
ρ radial runout of successive teeth
19
![Page 20: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
τ tooth passing period
ς some fixed value of the argument of a function
Ω angular spindle speed
ξh shorthand for terms involving θL and θT in the expression of hm
ξ1,2,3 shorthand for terms involving θL and θT in the expressions of force
components in helical milling
Ψt,n,a cutting constants
ψt,n,a sample measures of cutting constants
ζ intermediate variable directed along the z-axis in the tool-chip contact
zone
20
![Page 21: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Abstract of Dissertation Presented to the Graduate Schoolof the University of Florida in Partial Fulfillment of theRequirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy
PREDICTIVE FORCE MODELING OF PERIPHERAL MILLING
By
Abhijit Bhattacharyya
August 2008
Chair: John K. SchuellerCochair: Brian P. MannMajor: Mechanical Engineering
Milling is one of the most important subtractive manufacturing processes. Cutting
force predictions in milling are useful for the structural design of machine tools, selection
of optimum cutting parameters, design of workholding fixtures, tool stress analysis, spindle
bearing design, and the real time monitoring of tool wear and breakage. Force models
are also used in predicting the stability of the milling process, surface location error
predictions, as well as surface finish predictions.
In this dissertation, closed form analytical mechanistic cutting force models, using
linearized lumped parameter cutting coefficients, are considered. Existing analytical
mechanistic force models of helical peripheral milling, which use linearized cutting
coefficients, either utilize four different sets of analytical expressions to describe the forces
for one complete cutter rotation, or do not have closed form solutions. Numerical models
are computationally-intensive, fail to provide the insights that analytical models do, and
do not permit symbolic manipulation. In this work, two equivalent versions of closed form
analytical expressions for chip thickness and chip width are developed using Heaviside
unit step function and Fourier series approaches. The distinguishing feature is that single
expressions describe the chip thickness and chip width during the entire cutter rotation.
These expressions are then applied to develop single, analytical closed form expressions for
each of the three orthogonal components of the cutting force, in a fixed coordinate frame,
21
![Page 22: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
for helical peripheral milling. The model can be calibrated using partial radial immersion
experiments.
A procedure has been developed to calculate the variances in measured model input
parameters. The propagation of uncertainties through the model is determined by Type
A and Type B evaluations to develop an overall expanded uncertainty for placement of
confidence intervals on cutting force predictions. The availability of single expressions for
force components permits the derivation of compact expressions for sensitivity coefficients
for use in the uncertainty analysis.
Extensive experimental tests, as well as comparisons with established numerical
models, verify the fidelity of the predictions. The model is extended to be able to predict
cutting forces in cases of runout or differential pitch cutters. A refined formulation using
instantaneous cutting coefficients, instead of the usual method of average coefficients, has
also been developed, further increasing the accuracy of force predictions. Experiments
show that the refined model is able to predict the force patterns and magnitudes very
accurately for the entire range of radial immersions.
22
![Page 23: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
CHAPTER 1OVERVIEW AND MOTIVATION
Peripheral milling is a subtractive process for the manufacture of discrete prismatic
parts. A large variety of components which are used in aircraft, automobiles, ships,
railroads, medical equipment, space vehicles, power generation and process equipment,
as well as tools for the production of electronic components and plastic parts, could not
be economically manufactured without employing some variant of the peripheral milling
process. Material is removed from a raw workpiece by interrupted machining, using a tool
having well defined cutting edges, in the form of chips (swarf), to produce a finished part
having a desired shape and size. This research falls within the subject area of machining of
metallic alloys, but the machining of non-metallic materials such as composites, wood, and
plastics is also important.
The Statistical Abstract (2008a) of the U.S. Census Bureau shows that metalworking
machinery shipments in the United States in the year 2005 totaled $2.80 billion, out of
which $2.08 billion were metal cutting type of machines, while the rest were of metal
forming type. The Statistical Abstract (2008b) of the U.S. Census Bureau shows that
gross value of new orders and exports for U.S. machine tools in the year 2006 totaled $4.38
billion (27,288 units), out of which $3.70 billion (23,670 units) were metal cutting type
of machines, while the rest were of metal forming and other manufacturing technology
type. Though these numbers appear to be modest, the impact of these equipment on
the economy is all encompassing, affecting virtually every product manufactured in the
modern world.
Approximately 33% of the above mentioned $2.08 billion worth of metalworking
machines, shipped in 2005 in the U.S., were of the type which use milling as the main
machining process (milling machines and machining centers). Machines listed in the above
report under the headings ‘boring and drilling machines’, ‘other metal cutting machine
tools’, ‘remanufactured metal cutting machine tools’, and ‘station type machines’ also
23
![Page 24: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
employ milling in addition to other machining processes. Furthermore, milling is one of
the main processes of machining used in machines listed under the heading ‘gear cutting
machines’ in the above report. These facts emphasize the fact that milling is one of the
most important machining processes.
In milling, the workpiece is fed across a rotating milling cutter to produce prismatic
parts. Two common categories of milling are facemilling and peripheral milling (or
endmilling). Figure 1-1 shows the difference between these two types. Facemilling
generates a surface that is perpendicular to the axis of cutter rotation. Peripheral milling
produces side walls generated by the periphery of the cutter parallel to the axis. Usually, a
secondary surface is also generated which is akin to facemilling, as shown in the figure. In
pure peripheral milling, only side cutting occurs. Arbor mounted slab mills often operate
in this mode. Variants of these processes include ball endmilling, thread milling, and
plunge face milling. Milling cutters may be straight fluted or helical (Fig. 1-2).
The demand for complex prismatic parts is ever increasing because such parts offer
the designer a lot of flexibility. Hence, milling has assumed a central role among machining
processes. Modern milling processes combine capabilities of high material removal rates
with accurate surface placement, fine surface finish and close tolerances on surface flatness.
In the commercial aerospace industry, monolithic machining of very large aluminum
alloy parts has gained popularity. Monolithic part design confers economic advantages
by reducing the number of parts, eliminating expensive assembly and improving part
accuracy. The trade off involves high speed machining of thin ribs using slender end
mills. The machinist faces a problem having a combination of a flexible tool and a flexible
workpiece. The attendant loss of stability limits material removal rates and stability
boundaries have to be correctly determined to find zones of stable machining where high
material removal rates may be possible (Tlusty, 2000).
The boom in the plastic consumer durables market has fostered a mushrooming mold
and die industry. High-speed free-form milling of ferrous alloys, using slender endmills,
24
![Page 25: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
is the process of choice. Often, the end-milling process is required to finish hard dies to
avoid expensive manual labor involved in finish polishing, and to eliminate rejects that
may otherwise result from post machining heat treatment. The high strength of such
materials coupled with quickly generated wear lands (Nelson et al., 1998) result in high
specific cutting pressures so that the cutters experience very high cutting forces. Other
important applications of milling include the machining of titanium alloys for defense
and aerospace applications (Leigh et al., 2000), and high velocity machining of aluminum
alloys for automobile components. Many of the experiments reported in this document
were conducted on aluminum alloys. Miniature machining is increasing in importance.
Small diameter endmills are limited by lateral force, making it important to estimate force
components while selecting machining parameters (Schueller et al., 2007).
1.1 Motivation for Predictive Force Modeling of Peripheral Milling
The selection of optimized machining parameters is a recurring problem in machine
shops. Any specific milling operation has an associated set of constraints within which
the parameters must be selected to optimize the chosen objectives such as material
removal rate, or the accuracy of surface placement. An optimum selection is a must for
competitive manufacturing. Traditionally, rules of the thumb and experience were used to
select machining parameters, but these are suboptimal procedures because the method is
not scientific. Exploration of parameter space by physical trial and error is prohibitively
expensive. Simulation of machining process is an economical alternative. This requires
predictive modeling of various aspects of the process such as cutting forces.
An analysis of the milling process involves the prediction of cutting forces, stability
limits, surface placement accuracy, and surface finish. Kurdi (2005) has presented a
method of optimization of the surface location and material removal rate in milling
while considering the uncertainty in the milling model. Sampling methods were used
(Latin Hypercube and Monte Carlo) to place confidence intervals on the stability limits.
Confidence intervals were not placed directly on the predicted cutting forces. There are
25
![Page 26: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
applications where knowledge of the cutting force is directly applied in making decisions.
Cutting force values are required for the estimation of power consumed, the design of
workholding fixtures, tool stress analysis, and spindle bearing design. An understanding
of the cutting forces is crucial for the prediction of stability, surface placement, and
surface finish in machining operations. Force based sensing of real time tool wear, and
tool breakage, is a common application. For these reasons, modeling of milling forces
is of practical importance. In addition, the ability to provide a defensible uncertainty
statement to accompany cutting force predictions is beneficial in practice. It enables the
process planner to decide the usefulness of model based force predictions in any specific
application.
1.2 Review of the Open Literature
The subject of force modeling for peripheral milling has a long history and a
large body of literature has accumulated over the years. This underlines the fact that
there are many complexities associated with the modeling process and the problem is
multifaceted. This research is concerned with mechanistic force modeling. In such models,
the geometry of the chip is described using the chip thickness and the chip width, which
will be described in detail later. These two factors enable the calculation of the chip
area which is multiplied by suitable lumped parameter cutting coefficients to yield the
relevant components of the cutting force. The cutting coefficients capture the effects of
factors other than chip geometry such as the workpiece material properties, tool chip
interface friction, use of cutting fluids, the machining parameters, etc., and are also
known by various other names such as the specific cutting pressure, or the specific force.
Formulations for cutting coefficient identification are an important aspect of mechanistic
force models. The review of the literature that follows concentrates on mechanistic static
force models, though some references are made to other types of models.
Sawin (1926) presented one of the first models that appeared in the literature
addressing both, straight fluted cutters, as well as helical cutters. This was a mechanistic
26
![Page 27: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
model in which the cutting force was considered to be a function of the geometry. A
cutting coefficient was used which was related to the ultimate tensile strength of the
workpiece material. This coefficient was considered to be inversely proportional to the
fourth root of the maximum chip thickness. The circular path approximation of the true
trochoidal path was used to determine the instantaneous chip thickness.
Salomon (1926) developed a model in which the work done by a straight fluted
cutter was considered to be a function of the geometry. A power law was used to relate
the specific cutting pressure to the instantaneous chip thickness. The circular path
approximation was used to determine the instantaneous chip thickness.
Klien (1937) developed tangential force equations for straight fluted and helical
cutters using the Fourier series. The cutting coefficient was considered to be a constant for
a given workpiece material.
Martellotti (1941; 1945) studied the kinematics of milling, stated the circular tool
path approximation, and developed expressions for the true chip thickness considering the
true trochoidal tool path. The chip thickness, and power consumed in down milling was
shown to be greater than in up milling. However, down milling was shown to have other
advantages such as improved tool life.
Kienzle (1952) defined a parameter which is the force required to machine a chip of
size 1 mm2. He defined the cutting coefficient as a product of this parameter and a power
of the chip thickness which is similar to Solomon’s model.
Sabberwal (1961) argued that for a given set of machining parameters the work
done in material removal should be independent of the helix angle. On this basis he
expected the instantaneous specific cutting pressure to be independent of the helix angle
of the cutter. He verified this observation for machining of high tensile steel (EN28)
with different cutters having helix angles ranging from 0 to 30. He also found the
observation to be true for cutting mild steel (0 and 50 helix) and aluminum (0 and 45
helix). Based on this observation, it is common practice to extract cutting coefficients
27
![Page 28: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
experimentally for helical cutters by using average forces based on equations representing
straight fluted cutters. Recently, Ku (2006) has provide some evidence that cutting
coefficients could depend on helix angle. Such comparisons are contingent upon the fact
that all other factors remain the same, especially the other geometrical parameters of the
cutters.
Sabberwal (1961) modeled the tangential cutting forces in helical milling by
multiplying the frontal chip area with the specific cutting pressure. However, the normal
cutting force was not modeled, nor was the axial force. Therefore, this model was suitable
for power calculations only. The feed force and the lateral force could not be determined.
An important contribution made by Sabberwal (1961) was to highlight the existence
of different tool engagement conditions for helical milling. He determined two different
types of cutting depending on the whether or not the trailing edge of the tooth entered
the cut before the leading edge left the cut. Each of these two types of cutting was
identified as having three phases as the cut progressed. During the first phase, the chip
width increased, stayed constant in the second phase, and decreased in the third phase.
In a later work, Tlusty and MacNeil (1975) named the two types of cut as Type I and
Type II. The three phases were termed A, B, and C. This is the terminology used in this
document in the following chapters. Tlusty and MacNeil (1975) also presented the first
analytical solution for the two components of cutting force in the plane of cutter rotation
for helical peripheral milling. The tangential cutting force was considered proportional to
the chip area with the specific cutting force, K, being a function of workpiece material,
tool geometry, and the average chip thickness. The radial force (which is generally called
the normal force in this document) was assumed to be 30% of the tangential force. This
was a two dimensional model.
The tangential and normal (radial) force components are defined in a rotating frame
of reference attached to the rotating cutter. In the Tlusty and MacNeil (1975) model,
these were transformed into components in a non-rotating frame through a rotation
28
![Page 29: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
matrix. It is convenient to measure forces in the non-rotating frame. The effects of
multiple teeth can also be easily added. This was a rigid model, i.e., the dynamic effects
on chip thickness were not considered. The weakness of this model was that there were
three different equations required to defined each force component over the entire cutter
rotation. Moreover, the expression for the Phase B was different for Type I and Type II
cutting, i.e., the model had a total of four expressions for each force component to cover
all possible conditions. One of the strengths of the model was that it was able to analyze
the changes in force during the transients.
The aforementioned models were one or two dimensional, describing components of
the cutting force in the plane. This is an adequate description of forces in pure peripheral
milling with straight fluted tools, which is essentially orthogonal machining. However,
for helical milling, the axial component of the force must also be modeled for a complete
description. This is an instance of oblique machining. Usui et al. (1978a,b) presented
a method in which this oblique cutting tool was modeled as a single point tool being a
collection of orthogonal cutting conditions along the cutting edge. They used an energy
method to predict force components. The input parameters for the model are the shear
angle, the friction angle, and the shear stress. The outputs are the shear energy and
the friction energy based on which the cutting forces are obtained. Tsai (2007) has
developed a version of this model suitable for rotating cutters which can be applied to a
helical milling situation. The difficulty with this approach is that the input parameters,
namely the shear angle and the friction angle, are difficult to identify in a given machining
situation. For this reason, the mechanistic type of model, where the cutting coefficients
can be experimentally determined, is generally preferred. However, this approach could
be useful in predicting forces during cutter design, because at that stage, the tool has not
been manufactured, and experimental determination of cutting coefficients is impossible.
Piispanen (1937, 1948) and Merchant (1945) had developed the concepts of shear angle
and friction angle for orthogonal machining. Altintas and Lee (1996) presented a general
29
![Page 30: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
three dimensional model for the mechanics of helical endmilling in which the cutting
coefficients were obtained from orthogonal machining data, i.e., the shear and friction
angles were used. Again, this has the advantage of predicting the coefficients for the
benefit of the tool designer, but suffers from the lack of reliable orthogonal machining
data. In this model differential cutting forces were integrated numerically.
Kline (1982) developed a comprehensive mechanistic force model moving ahead of the
rigid force model by considering cutter deflections, cutter runout, and modeling the true
trochoidal tool path. This resulted in a series of papers. In DeVor and Kline (1980) the
cutting coefficients were experimentally estimated using average forces. The coefficients
were called empirical constants, but it was shown that they depended on machining
parameters. The constant associated with tangential force component was called the
unit horsepower or the specific cutting energy. In fitting the constants in the model to
experimental average force data, while machining 4340 steel at 320 BHN, the multiple
correlation coefficients (R2 values) were 0.984 for KT (the tangential coefficient) and 0.936
for KR (the fraction of KT which yields the normal coefficient). In addition to the forces,
the force center, force distribution, and cutter deflection were predicted using numerical
methods. A numerical method was also used to track the true trochoidal tool path. By
doing so it was possible to make a distinction between up milling and down milling forces,
which was not possible with the circular path approximation. Force predictions were found
to agree with experiment within 5 to 10%. The correspondence was better at small radial
depths of cut, but deteriorated as the radial depth of cut increased. An important finding
concerned cutter deflections. It was shown that for a wide variety of cutting conditions
which produced the same resultant force, the magnitude and direction of deflections varied
widely. Kline et al. (1982) developed a further version of this model capable of predicting
force characteristics in cornering cuts during which the radial engagement keeps changing.
This was also a numerical model. They mentioned that such cornering cuts are commonly
encountered in aerospace machining operations. Kline and DeVor (1983) showed that
30
![Page 31: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
runout increases the average chip thickness for those teeth which have higher runout,
increases the ratio of the maximum to average force, and shifts the frequency content of
the force signal away from the tooth passing frequency to the spindle rotational frequency.
The ratio of the runout to the feed rate was identified as an important parameter which
determines the effect of runout on the cutting force system.
Sutherland and DeVor (1986) extended Kline’s work and suggested a flexible
model including runout. This is a numerical model in which an effective feed rate was
computed which balances the cutting forces and the resultant system deflections. They
discovered that system deflections temper the effects of runout to reduce the peak force
and maximum surface error.
Yellowley (1988) noted that milling torque and forces could be represented in terms
of Fourier series. Yellowly developed the Fourier representation of forces in the plane
for straight fluted cutters. He also developed a symbolic representation for the resultant
torque by considering the tooth to be made up of elemental straight cutting edges having
an angular separation. However, he did not compute the Fourier coefficients, nor did he
compute cutting forces for the helical mill.
Montgomery and Altintas (1991) presented a numerical dynamic model for helical
milling using which forces could be predicted under static or dynamic conditions. The
trochoidal tool path was used to determine the uncut chip thickness. The geometry of
tool and workpiece motion was captured using structural modeling. This was also a two
dimensional model. Another two dimensional model for helical milling was proposed by
Altintas and Spence (1991) for a computationally efficient scheme of force prediction. This
was a closed form analytical solution in which three different expressions had to be used
as the cut progressed through the three phases of cutting. To derive average forces for
calculating the cutting coefficients, the expressions were simplified under the assumption of
a zero helix based on Sabberwal’s (1961) observation that the helix angle had no influence
on cutting coefficients. A generalized mechanistic model for helical milling forces was
31
![Page 32: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
presented by Engin and Altintas (2001) which took into consideration the trochoidal tool
path. The final expressions for the forces are in the form of integrals which have to be
evaluated by the user for a specific set of cutting conditions.
Abrari and Elbestawi (1997) published a three dimensional closed form solution where
the forces were expressed as a linear combination of a set of basis functions. However,
the simplicity of using linearized cutting coefficients was lost as these were replaced
with a matrix which incorporated the helix angle. Ehman et al. (1997) have provided
a comprehensive review of various force models that appeared in the literature before
1997. Their review also encompasses many aspects of dynamic force modeling. In this
dissertation, the emphasis is on static force modeling. A two dimensional, Fourier series
based solution presented by Schmitz (2005) and Schmitz and Mann (2006) includes the
effect of the helix angle by dividing the cutter into thin axial slices and summing the
effects to obtain the total force. Recently, a three dimensional model was developed by
Mann et al. (2008) using an equivalent complex Fourier series representation of forces to
facilitate symbolic manipulation. This model was applied to stability and surface location
analysis. In the paper, the integrations have not been symbolically solved. If that is done,
this could possibly provide a closed form solution for the force model itself.
Several authors have reported on the use of differential pitch cutters, especially for
mitigating the effects of regenerative chatter as well as reducing dimensional surface errors
(e.g. Slavicek, 1965; Vanherck, 1967; Tlusty et al., 1983; Shirase and Altintas, 1996).
However, a force model for a differential pitch helical endmill, which has a single closed
form analytical expression covering the entire domain of one cutter rotation, has not been
reported in the literature.
Kline and DeVor (1983) showed that runout increases the average chip thickness for
those teeth which have higher runout, increases the ratio of the maximum to average force,
and shifts the frequency content of the force signal away from the tooth passing frequency
to the spindle rotational frequency. The ratio of the runout to the feed rate was identified
32
![Page 33: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
as an important parameter which determines the effect of runout on the cutting force
system.
Armarego and Deshpande (1991) presented a numerical model considering cutter
eccentricity. Their model could predict forces well except in those cases where cutter
deflections were large, for which case they had a deflection model. Schmitz et al. (2007)
investigated the effects of runout on surface finish, surface location, and stability using a
force model which is a time-domain simulation description. Li and Li (2004) proposed
a theoretical force model with cutter runout and trochoidal tool trajectory. They
discretized the cutter into slices and sum the effects of force due to each slice to obtain the
complete force. Junz Wang and Zheng (2003), and Ko et al. (2002) identified cutting force
coefficients in the presence of runout.
For realistic dynamic modeling of milling processes, the consideration of runout
is an important factor. Recognizing this fact, Altintas and Chan (1992) presented a
digital simulation model for dynamic milling in which they included the effects of runout.
Weinert et al. (2007) have shown that runout affects surface quality even in stable
machining. Wang et al. (1993) presented an in-process control methodology to compensate
for surface finish imperfections due to cutter runout in milling processes. The runout
geometry was identified from cutting force measurements and the manipulation of radial
depth of cut to follow the inverse trajectory of runout. Thus the effects of runout were
counteracted for surface finish improvement.
The subject of cutting coefficients has also received much attention in the literature.
Gradisek et al. (2004) has presented a very comprehensive study of cutting coefficients
in which the dependence of these coefficients on various process parameters has been
experimentally studied in detail. One of the important conclusions was that the
coefficients do not differ in up milling and down milling. Whereas most of the studies
listed here use an averaged value of cutting coefficients, this is only an approximate way
to handle the problem. Since the coefficients change with process parameters, they evolve
33
![Page 34: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
as the cut progresses, since the chip thickness is constantly evolving in milling, unlike
in turning operations where it is a constant. So the concept of instantaneous cutting
coefficients is sometimes invoked (Wan et al., 2007).
The dimensions of the cutting coefficients are those of pressure [N/mm2]. For this
reason, they are variously referred to as specific cutting pressures (Jayaram et al., 2001;
Perez et al., 2007), specific force coefficients (Gradisek et al., 2004), specific cutting
force (Ko and Cho, 2005), or specific cutting energy (Kline, 1982) in the literature.
Occasionally, they are also called cutting constants (Altintas and Spence, 1991). However,
in this document the term ‘cutting constants’ is used for a different purpose in the
sense that cutting constants are true invariants, whereas the other terms such as cutting
coefficients, specific force, etc., are process parameter dependent. In any case, the meaning
of terminology is usually clear from the context.
1.3 Justification and Scope of the Work
Whereas all these different formulations of the model have been very successful
in predicting the variations of the static (periodic) component of the force in helical
endmilling, most of the analytical models are somewhat difficult to use in applications
such as stability studies or surface placement analysis. The main reason is that a single,
fully analytic expression for the variation of the cutting forces, has not been presented in
closed form. For this reason, either the numerical models have been applied to applications
or the analytical model for straight fluted endmills has been widely used (e.g. Altintas
and Budak, 1995; Mann et al., 2005; Insperger, 2003). However, experimental verification
is usually done using helical endmills (Mann et al., 2003). Helical endmills are preferred
because they distribute the force over a longer cutting edge length, reducing the local
pressure. For this reason, this research is directed towards developing a fully analytical
closed form force model which would have a single expression for each force component
that is valid for the entire cutter rotation.
34
![Page 35: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
A review of the literature also indicated an absence of uncertainty analysis in forces
predicted by available force models which use measured values of input parameters to
make force predictions. So, the prediction of cutting forces in peripheral milling, to be
accompanied with a statement of confidence, was taken up as one of the subjects of this
research. An analytical method of propagation of uncertainty in model input parameters
was chosen. Such an analysis is readily implemented and yields results very quickly due
to very little computational burden. This analysis is straightforward when applied to a
force model for straight fluted endmills but becomes algebraically unwieldy when applied
to available force models for helical peripheral milling. In practice, peripheral milling
with helical endmills is the norm. This was another motivation for developing a new force
model which facilitates such an uncertainty analysis for helical peripheral milling.
35
![Page 36: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
Ω
workpiece
feed
Endmill
feed
workpiece
Facemill
Ω
Primary surface generated Secondary surface generated
Primary
surface
generated
Figure 1-1. Face milling and peripheral milling (endmilling) processes
(a) Straight fluted endmills (b) Helical fluted endmills
Figure 1-2. Straight fluted and helical fluted endmills. Two fluted and four fluted cuttersare shown for each of the two varieties.
36
![Page 37: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
CHAPTER 2DESCRIPTION OF THE PERIPHERAL MILLING PROCESS
This chapter provides a brief qualitative description of the peripheral milling process
accompanied with an explanation of the terminology. The raw workpiece and the cutting
tool are held in a machine which provides the relative motion and power to remove
material in the form of chips. The geometry of the chip holds the key to an understanding
of the process. The chapter concludes by mathematically characterizing the chip for the
simplest possible tool geometry.
2.1 The Machine and the Cutting Tool
Figure 2-1 shows a schematic sketch of a peripheral milling set-up on a 3-axis vertical
milling machine. The endmill, also called the tool or cutter, is held in a toolholder,
called the chuck, which is mounted on a powered machine spindle. The workpiece is fed
across the tool such that there is a linear relative motion between the endmill and the
part, in addition to the rotation of the tool. The cutter rotates at the spindle speed, Ω.
Movements of the X-Y-Z axes provide the relative motion between workpiece and tool.
Machines with additional rotary axes are very common. Material is removed in the form
of chips (swarf) via successive passes of cutting edges (teeth) across the workpiece. In
peripheral milling, the aim is to produce sidewalls generated by the sides of the milling
cutter, though face milling action also takes place, i.e., a surface parallel to the face of the
endmill is also generated. Occasionally, pure peripheral milling may be performed with
only side cutting.
The endmills are rotary, multipoint cutting tools having either helical or straight
flutes (zero helix). The geometry of helical peripheral milling is illustrated in Fig. 2-2
which shows the helix angle, λ, and the diameter, D. The commanded (nominal) axial
depth of cut, a, the radial depth of cut, ar, the feed per tooth, fT , and the spindle speed,
Ω, are fixed parameters set by the machinist. The cutting edges are called teeth with the
chip spaces being called gullets or flutes. The term flute is also loosely used to refer to
37
![Page 38: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
the teeth, with the context making it clear whether it refers to the tooth or the spaces
between teeth. The radial immersion, RI, is a derived parameter. It is expressed as a
fraction or a percentage and is defined as the ratio
Radial immersion, RI , ar
D(2–1)
2.2 Chip Area at the Tool Workpiece Interface
The instantaneous area of tool chip contact is called the uncut chip area or simply the
chip area, Ac. The instantaneous axial depth of cut is called the chip width. Figure 2-3
illustrates the definitions of the instantaneous chip area, instantaneous chip thickness, and
instantaneous chip width for a straight fluted endmill and a helical endmill.
The chip area is not constant and changes as the cutter rotates. To calculate the
instantaneous chip area, the chip thickness, h, and chip width, b, have to be calculated.
For a straight fluted endmill, the chip width is a fixed constant and equals the commanded
(nominal) axial depth of cut, a. For a helical endmill, the chip width varies as the cutter
rotates. In milling, the chip thickness, h, varies as the cut progresses. The chip thickness
is defined by projecting the chip on the plane of rotation. For straight fluted cutters, the
projection is a straight line allowing the specification of an instantaneous chip thickness.
For helical cutters, the projection is an area of non uniform thickness. It is convenient to
specify a mean instantaneous chip thickness, hm.
The relative motion of the cutting edge with respect to the workpiece is a combination
of the cutter rotation and the translating feed. The true path of the milling tooth in the
plane, with respect to the workpiece, is trochoidal. Martellotti’s (1941) simplified circular
tool path approximation (Fig. 2-4) is used in this document because it is common practice
and yields good results. The circular path approximation had been used by earlier
researchers, such as Salomon (1926) and Sawin (1926). The cutter rotation may be tracked
using a rotation angle, θ, defined with respect to an arbitrary reference line. At any
38
![Page 39: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
angular orientation, θ, the chip thickness for milling with a straight fluted cutter is
h =
fT sin θ, when the tooth is engaged in the cut
0, otherwise(2–2)
Cutter-workpiece engagement configurations are shown in Fig. 2-5. In up-milling, the
cut begins with zero chip thickness, whereas in down milling the cut ends with a zero chip
thickness. RI values exceeding 50% result in mixed-mode configurations of two possible
types. The cut may either begin with zero chip thickness, or end with zero chip thickness.
A radial immersion of 100% results in machining of double walled channels and is called
slotting. The radial immersion can also be related to the angle the tool tip starts and
exits the cut, designated θst and θex, respectively, through a geometrical calculation. The
domain of θst and θex is [0, π]. Expressions for calculations of entry and exit angles are
given in Table 2-1.
Tooth engagement extent, [θst, θex], for a straight fluted cutter having been defined,
the chip thickness Eq. 2–2 is rewritten formally as
h =
fT sin θ, θ ∈ [θst, θex]
0, otherwise(2–3)
For a straight fluted cutter, the instantaneous uncut chip area is
Ac =
afT sin θ, θ ∈ [θst, θex]
0, otherwise(2–4)
Martellotti (1941) proposed that the average undeformed chip thickness could be
related to the components of the cutting force. The concept of average chip thickness
is invoked to facilitate the experimental determination of cutting coefficients, as well as
average cutting forces. Using Eq. 2–2 the average chip thickness for cutting with straight
39
![Page 40: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
fluted endmills is
h =1
θex − θst
∫ θex
θst
fT sin θdθ =fT (cos θst − cos θex)
θex − θst
(2–5)
2.3 Chapter Summary
The peripheral milling process was described. The terminology was outlined. Straight
fluted endmills are a special case of helical endmills with zero helix. Definitions of chip
thickness, chip width, and chip area were given and expressions for these parameters were
developed for straight fluted endmills. It was shown that the instantaneous chip thickness
is non-uniform in helical milling, which requires the calculation of a mean instantaneous
chip thickness. It was also shown that the instantaneous chip width is a variable in helical
milling. Expressions for chip thickness and chip width for helical milling are derived in the
next chapter. These calculations are necessary for force modeling.
Table 2-1. Computation of entry and exit angles (Ref. Fig. 2-5)
Radial Up/Down Entry angle Exit angleimmersion milling θst θex
RI ≤ 0.5 Up-milling π2
+ arcsin(1− 2RI) π
RI ≤ 0.5 Down-milling 0 arccos(1− 2RI)
RI > 0.5 h = 0 at entry 0 π2
+ arcsin(1− 2RI)
RI > 0.5 h = 0 at exit arccos(1− 2RI) π
RI = 1.0 Full slotting 0 π
40
![Page 41: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
+Y
+X
+Z
Machine bed
Endmill
Spindle
Workpiece
ΩΩ
Chuck
Figure 2-1. Schematic sketch of a peripheral milling set-up on a vertical milling machine.
λ
Cutting
edge
Workpiece
οD Ω
a
ar
Cutting
edge
Endmill
fT
shape of
uncut chip
Flute
space or
gullet
Workpiece
feed
direction
Figure 2-2. Endmill terminology: Helix angle, λ, and diameter, D, define the toolgeometry. The commanded (nominal) axial depth of cut, a, the radial depth ofcut, ar, the feed per tooth, fT , and the spindle speed, Ω, are fixed machiningparameters. A two fluted, right handed helical endmill is shown.
41
![Page 42: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
hΩ
feed
Ω
a
bbh
m
(a) (b)
Figure 2-3. Instantaneous chip area (bold outlines), instantaneous chip thickness, h, andinstantaneous chip width, b, in peripheral milling using (a) straight flutedendmills and (b) helical fluted endmills. The helical cutter yields a variablechip width as it rotates, and a non uniform instantaneous chip thickness. So, amean instantaneous chip thickness, hm, is defined for the helical cutter.
h(θ) = f sinθ
θ
WorkpieceWorkpikpi
Ω
f
feed
T
uncut
chip
h
fT
θ
position of the cutter
when the previous
tooth was in contactposition of the cutter
when the current
tooth is in contact
Curate trochoids approximated as
circular arcs
Tchip shape
Figure 2-4. Circular path approximation for chip thickness calculation.
exθ = π
θst
θex
θ(t)
θ = 0st θ(t)
Up
milling
Down
milling
Figure 2-5. Examples of cutter-workpiece engagement showing up-milling (conventionalmilling) and down-milling (climb milling) configurations for RI < 50%. Theangular orientation of any point on the cutting edge, θ, is a function of timedue to cutter rotation. The leading point of the tooth enters the cut at θst andexits the cut at angle θex which are fixed angular positions in space in theplane of cutter rotation.
42
![Page 43: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
CHAPTER 3CHIP GEOMETRY IN HELICAL PERIPHERAL MILLING
The aim of this chapter is to analytically capture the shape and size of the chip as
the cutter rotates. This knowledge will be applied in later chapters in the determination
of closed form analytical expressions for the cutting force components, which is one of
the main goals of this research. The expressions for chip thickness will also be used in
characterizing lumped parameter cutting coefficients in the cutting force model. For
straight fluted cutters, the expressions are well known (Tlusty, 2000) and are stated in the
previous chapter. This chapter demonstrates the complexities in analytically describing
the chip in helical peripheral milling. The distinguishing feature of the development is that
single closed form analytical expressions describe the chip over the entire cutter rotation.
Two different, but completely equivalent, versions of the analytical expressions are
presented. One is based on the Heaviside unit step function approach, and the other is
a Fourier trigonometric series model. When the expressions are used to describe cutting
forces, they result in two different, but equivalent versions of cutting force models. The
physics of the process is described in exactly the same manner, but these two versions
have a different mathematical structure which have certain implications for the user.
In the Heaviside unit step function based model an exact representation of the
force is obtained, and this model is useful for most applications. The Fourier series
model requires an infinite sum for exact results, but truncated series sums converge very
quickly. The convergence properties are discussed in more detail in chapter 7. When
symbolic manipulations of the analytical expressions are required for any application, the
mathematical structure of the two different models may dictate the choice for the user.
The derivatives of the Heaviside step function based expressions, with respect to the cutter
rotation angle, are discontinuous. If continuous derivatives are required, the Fourier series
based formulation must be used.
43
![Page 44: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
3.1 Tool Chip Contact Configurations
The angular position of the leading point of the pth tooth, taken from an arbitrary
reference, is designated θp(t), which is a function of time, t. It may be expressed as:
θp(t) =
(2πΩ
60
)t +
2π
Np (3–1)
where
Ω = the spindle speed in revolutions/minute (rpm), and
N = the number of teeth in the cutter
p = an integer representing the pth tooth
In steady state, under conditions of stable machining, the time evolution of dependent
variables such as chip thickness, chip width, and cutting forces, is cyclic in time. It suffices
to study the evolution of all dependent variables of the problem over a period of one cutter
revolution. In using the various models developed in this document, one would merely
substitute
θp(t) = Ωt, t ∈ [0,∞) (3–2)
to obtain time evolution of the dependent variables. The problem is solved for the
principal values of
θp ∈ [0, 2π)
and any further reference to time is suppressed. The argument of all subsequent
trigonometric functions is θp, shifted by appropriate constants, depending on the situation.
The term “instantaneous” will be taken to refer to the current angular position of the pth
tooth, θp.
Figure 3-1 shows the development of a helical cutting edge and the corresponding
uncut chip. This sketch is also useful for ease of visualization of some subsequent figures.
The tool chip contact zone is shown as a gray line in the developed sketch. λ is the helix
angle of the cutter. The angular orientation, θ, of any point on the tool chip contact zone
or any point on the cutting edge, is taken from an arbitrary reference.
44
![Page 45: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Figure 3-1 shows the angular orientations of the leading and trailing points of the tool
chip contact zone which are at θL and θT , respectively. These two angular orientations are
functions of θp. In this document, these functional dependencies are analytically expressed
in single equations in closed form and valid for the entire cutter rotation. Practically
useful expressions for chip thickness, chip width, cutting forces, and cutting coefficients
are derived in the form of single analytical expressions in closed form as functions of θL
and θT , and hence as functions of θp. Closed form analytical expressions are useful in
providing insight into the physical process, can be easily programmed into calculators for
quick calculations, and do not suffer from numerical divergence. In addition, symbolic
manipulations are possible.
A representative tool chip contact configuration is shown in Fig. 3-1 in which the
cylindrical surface of the endmill and the uncut chip have been developed on to a plane.
Sabberwal (1961) and Tlusty and MacNeil (1975) identified different configurations of tool
chip engagement in helical milling according to which two possible types of cutting that
may occur, each having three distinct phases.
Figure 3-2 shows these possible tool chip contact configurations. In Type I cutting,
the chip width attains a value equal to the commanded axial dept of cut at some point
during the cut, i.e., b = a, for some portion of the cut. In Type II cutting, b < a, always.
Each of these types of cutting is divided into three phases. In Phase A, the chip width
increases from zero to some maximum value as the cut progresses. In Phase B the chip
width remains constant at this maximum value for some time. In phase C the chip width
reduces gradually to zero when the entire cutting edge leaves the cut. The following
conditions determine whether the cutting is of Type I or Type II
Type I cutting: a tan λ ≤ D
2(θex − θst) (3–3)
Type II cutting: a tan λ >D
2(θex − θst) (3–4)
45
![Page 46: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Each type of cutting is divided into three phases, called A,B and C, after Tlusty and
MacNeil (1975) who developed separate analytical expressions for cutting forces for the
different phases. Their result has four separate sets of equations, one each for the phases
A and C, and two separate equations for phase B corresponding to Type I and Type II
cutting.
The solution presented here treats the three phases as a single one. Algebra takes
care of the two types of cutting governed by Eqs. 3–3 and 3–4. A single expression each
for θL and θT is developed which covers all the different possible too chip contact zone
configurations.
By inspection of the geometry shown in Figure 3-2, the evolution of the intermediate
variables θL, and θT can be studied as functions of θp in Type I and Type II cutting.
The relationships are sketched in Fig. 3-3 in which the relation between b and θp is also
sketched since it is obtained directly by inspection. Now, it is just a matter of writing
single analytical expressions to characterize these sequences of straight line segments
which are periodic over one cutter rotation. Upon inspecting Fig. 3-3, it can be seen that
the various line segments in θL and θT start and end at the same values of the argument
θp. So, it turns out that the analytical expressions are the same for Type I and Type II
cutting, and the user does not have to worry about this distinction.
3.2 Analytical Expressions for θL, θT , and Chip Width, b
In this section compact expressions for θL, θT , and chip width, b will be developed as
a function of θp. Two alternative formulations are presented here, the Heaviside unit step
function formulation and the Fourier series formulation.
3.2.1 Heaviside Unit Step Function Formulation
Inspection of Fig. 3-3 reveals that the functions θL, θT , and b consist of finite line
segments in the domain θp ∈ [0, 2π). The equations of these line segments can be written
by multiplying the equation of the corresponding straight line (which has infinite extents)
with a function which has unit value in the domain of the line segment, and vanishes
46
![Page 47: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
outside that domain. Such a unit function is merely the difference of two appropriate
Heaviside unit step functions. The following definition of the Heaviside unit step function
is adopted
H (θp − ς) =
1, θp > ς
0, θp < ςθp ∈ [0, 2π) (3–5)
where ς is some fixed value of θP . The function as single valued everywhere in the domain.
The unit step function based expressions for θL and θT are written by inspection of
Fig. 3-3. The equations for the individual straight line segments for θL and θT are given in
Appendix B. The equations of the straight lines are multiplied by a suitable difference of
the step functions. The resulting functional relationships are
θL = θp [H (θp − θst)−H (θp − θex)] + θex[ H (θp − θex)−H (θp − θex − 2a tan λ/D)] (3–6)
θT =
(θp − 2a tan λ/D)[ H (θp − θst − 2a tan λ/D)−H (θp − θex − 2a tan λ/D)]
+θst H (θp − θst)−H (θp − θst − 2a tan λ/D)
(3–7)
The chip width, b, is obtained by inspection of geometry in Fig. 3-2, and may be
expressed as a function of θp through the intermediate variables θL and θT
b = [(D/2) cot λ] θL − θT (3–8)
3.2.2 Fourier Trigonometric Series Formulation
The patterns for θL, θT , and b repeat once every revolution (Fig. 3-3), yielding a
fundamental period of 2π, and making it possible to write these functions in trigonometric
series with appropriate Fourier coefficients (Kreyszig, 2006) as follows
θL = L0 +∞∑
k=1
Lk cos(kθp) + Mk sin(kθp) (3–9)
θT = T0 +∞∑
k=1
Tk cos(kθp) + Rk sin(kθp) (3–10)
where L0, Lk, Mk and T0, Tk, Rk are the relevant Fourier coefficients.
47
![Page 48: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Equation 3–8 from the Heaviside formulation still holds. Therefore, for the purpose
of computation, a separate expression for b need not be derived. However, in some
applications, especially if the intent is to study the variation of b alone1, it is more
economical to compute just a single set of Fourier coefficients, instead of two sets for
θL and θT . Thus, b may be expressed in a trigonometric series:
b = B0 +∞∑
k=1
Bk cos(kθp) + Ck sin(kθp) (3–11)
where B0, Bk, Ck are the relevant Fourier coefficients.
Based on the variations given in Fig. 3-3, the Fourier coefficients are derived by
piecewise integrations over the period θp ∈ [0, 2π) using standard procedures (details in
Appendix A). Average Fourier coefficients in Eqs. 3–9 - 3–11 are:
L0 =1
2π
[(θ2
ex − θ2st)
2+
2a tan λ
Dθex
](3–12)
T0 =1
2π
[(θ2
ex − θ2st)
2+
2a tan λ
Dθst
](3–13)
B0 =a(θex − θst)
2π(3–14)
Results of the calculations for Lk,Mk, Tk, Rk, Bk and Ck are listed in Table 3-1. For
instance, the coefficient, Lk, may be formed by inspection of column 2 of Table 3-1 which
shows that Lk has four terms in the summation
Lk = −θst
πksin[kθst]− 1
πk2cos[kθst] +
1
πk2cos[kθex] +
θex
πksink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D] (3–15)
1 Yang et al. (2005) and Xu et al. (1998) have offered interesting studies of depth-of-cutvariations in endmilling and ball endmilling, respectively.
48
![Page 49: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
The same approach is used for Mk, Tk, Rk, Bk and Ck. The trigonometric series
formulation warrants the use of an infinite sum. In practice, a partial Fourier summation
may be used, which necessitates the truncation of the series. The user chooses the number
of terms in the summation to obtain a suitable convergence depending upon the accuracy
requirements of any specific application.
3.3 Analytical Expressions for Chip Thickness
In this section, analytical expressions for the mean instantaneous chip thickness,
hm, and the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, are derived for helical peripheral
milling. Consider Fig. 2-3 which shows a sketch of a chip in helical milling. The mean
instantaneous chip thickness, hm, may be computed by taking the mean over the entire
angular extent spanned by the chip
hm =1
θT − θL
θT∫
θL
fT sin θdθ (3–16)
Upon simplification,
hm = fT sin
(θL + θT
2
)sinc
(θT − θL
2
), fT ξh (3–17)
where the symbol ξh is shorthand notation and the sampling function (sine cardinal) is
defined as
sinc(ς) , sin(ς)
ς(3–18)
The mean instantaneous chip thickness, hm, varies as the tool moves across the chip.
Figure 3-4 shows the evolution of hm over the complete tooth passage across the uncut
chip. The averaged mean chip thickness, hm, is found by averaging hm over the span of
angular tool-chip contact (θspan)
hm =1
θspan
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst
hm(θp)dθp =fT
θspan
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst
ξhdθp (3–19)
49
![Page 50: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
where
θspan , θex +2a tan λ
D− θst (3–20)
In this manner, the mean instantaneous chip thickness and the averaged mean
instantaneous chip thickness have been expressed analytically.
3.4 Effect of Process Parameters on Chip Thickness and Chip Width
Figure 3-5 shows an example of the evolution of the mean chip thickness, hm, as
the cutter rotates. As the helix angle increases, the span of angular tool-chip contact
increases. This results in a lowering of hm. The sensitivity of hm to helix angle is fairly
low.
Figure 3-6 illustrates the variation of hm as a function of radial immersion and axial
depth of cut for a given helix angle. The sensitivity to axial depth of cut is very small.
Figure 3-7 illustrates the variation of hm as a function of radial immersion for different
helix angles. The effect of the helix angle on the averaged mean chip thickness is amplified
at higher levels of radial immersion.
The evolution of chip width is studied using two examples. The results of calculation
for these examples are given in Figs. 3-8 and 3-9. As the helix angle increases, the angular
span of tooth chip contact increases, and at some helix angle, the cut transitions from
Type I to Type II.
3.5 Chapter Summary
In this chapter, the two intermediate variables θL and θT have been identified in
terms of which the chip width and chip thickness in helical peripheral milling have been
analytically expressed. These intermediate variables are themselves expressed in terms
of the independent variable θp so that analytical expressions for chip width and chip
thickness are available as a function of θp. Two different formulations of the analytical
expressions have been derived which are exactly equivalent.
The identification of the variables θL and θT makes it possible to write single
expressions for the chip thickness and chip width in helical peripheral milling which
50
![Page 51: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
are valid for the entire cutter rotation. The Type I and Type II cutting distinction, as well
as the different phases A, B, and C in tool chip engagement, are automatically taken care
of by the algebra. This method of writing single analytical expressions valid for the entire
cutter rotation will be used in later chapters for calculations of cutting forces and cutting
coefficients. This is one of the main contributions of this research.
The reason for calculating the chip thickness and chip width in helical milling is to be
able to use these expressions in deriving a mechanistic model for cutting forces. The next
chapter is devoted to introducing the reader to the mathematical structure of such models.
Table 3-1. Construction of Fourier coefficients Lk,Mk, Tk, Rk, Bk and Ck
Terms comprisingthe Fourier sum
Coefficients of the terms in col.1 of this table
Lk Mk Tk Rk Bk Ck
sin[k(θst)] − θst
πk− 1
πk2 − θst
πk0 0 −D cot λ
2πk2
cos[k(θst)] − 1πk2
θst
πk0 θst
πk−D cot λ
2πk2 0
sin[k(θex)] 0 1πk2 0 0 0 D cot λ
2πk2
cos[k(θex)]1
πk2 0 0 0 D cot λ2πk2 0
sin[k(θst + 2a tan λD
)] 0 0 0 − 1πk2 0 D cot λ
2πk2
cos[k(θst + 2a tan λD
)] 0 − θex
πk− 1
πk2 0 D cot λ2πk2 0
sin[k(θex + 2a tan λD
)] θex
πk0 θex
πk1
πk2 0 −D cot λ2πk2
cos[k(θex + 2a tan λD
)] 0 0 1πk2 − θex
πk−D cot λ
2πk2 0
51
![Page 52: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
ΩΩ
development of
the uncut chip
development of the
helical cutting edge
exθstθ
Tθ
Lθp,θ
θ
θ
tool chip
contact
zone
uncut chip
helical
cutting
edge
λ
pθ
workpiece
endmill
a
a
Figure 3-1. Development of a helical cutting edge and the corresponding uncut chip. Theangular orientation, θ, of any point on the tool chip contact zone, or on thecutting edge, is reckoned from an arbitrary reference. Leading and trailingpoints of the contact zone are at θL and θT , respectively. The tool tip is at θp.The entry and exit angles (θst and θex) are fixed orientations, a is thecommanded axial depth of cut, and λ is the helix angle. A representative toolchip contact configuration is shown.
ba
λ
θ
exθstθ
b
T pθL,
b
pθLT
Type
I c
uttin
g
θ θθ θ
T pθL,θ θ
chip
θ
bb
T pθL
b
pθLT
Phase A (increasing b)
Typ
e II
cuttin
g
Phase B (constant b) Phase C (decreasing b)
θ θ θθ
a
exθstθλ
T pθL,θ θ
development
of uncut chip
development of the
helical cutting edge
tool chip
contact
zone
Figure 3-2. Progress of tool chip contact zone as the helical endmill rotates. In Type Icutting, b = a, in Phase B of the cut. In Type II cutting, b < a, always.
52
![Page 53: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
stθ
pθ
stθ
exθ
exθ
Lθ
D
2 a tan λ exθ
+
st pθ
st
ex
ex
Lθ
D
2 a tan λ
exθ
+
Type I cutting Type II cutting
θ
θ
θ θ
Tθ
Tθ
stθpθexθ
stθ
exθ
D
2 a tan λ stθ
+ D
2 a tan λ exθ
+
stθpθexθ
st
ex
D
2 a tan λ stθ
+D
2 a tan λ exθ
+
θ
θ
pθ
a
b
pθ
a
b
stθ exθ
D
2 a tan λ stθ
+D
2 a tan λ exθ
+
stθ exθ
D
2 a tan λ stθ
+ D
2 a tan λ exθ
+
Figure 3-3. Evolution of the intermediate variables θL, and θT as functions of θp in Type Iand Type II cutting. Evolution of the chip width, b, is also shown. Thefunctional relationships are obtained by inspection of Fig. 3-2
53
![Page 54: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
θp
hm
θp
hm
θp
hm
Figure 3-4. Concept of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, for helical peripheralmilling. The mean chip thickness, hm, is averaged over the entire angular spanof tool-chip contact to compute hm. A case of down-milling with a two-flutedendmill is illustrated.
0 50 100 1500
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
θp (deg)
hm
(m
m)
50% RI
0 20 40 60
0
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
helix angle (deg)
50% RI
0 50 100 1500
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
hm
(m
m)
20% RI
0 20 40 600
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
helix angle (deg)
20% RI
hm
(m
m)
hm
(m
m)
0° helix
30° helix
45° helix
60° helix
θp (deg)
Figure 3-5. Evolution of the mean chip thickness, hm, as the cutter rotates, for differenthelix angles at two different radial immersions, and the corresponding averagedmean chip thickness, hm. In this example, fT = 0.10 mm/tooth and a = 4 mm.The action of a single tooth is depicted.
54
![Page 55: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
00.2
0.40.6
0.81
0
2
4
6
80
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
Radial immersion
Axial depth of cut (mm)
h−
m
f−
T
Figure 3-6. Variation of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, with radial immersion andaxial depth of cut for a given helix angle (45). In this plot, hm is normalizedwith the feed per tooth, fT . The variation is the same for up-milling anddown-milling, and independent of endmill diameter.
0 25 50 75 1000
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
h− m
fT
Radial immersion (%)
0°
30°
45°
60°
Helix angle
−
Figure 3-7. Variation of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, with helix angle for the fullrange of radial immersion, with 4 mm axial depth of cut. hm is normalizedwith the feed per tooth, fT . The variation is the same for up-milling anddown-milling, and independent of endmill diameter.
55
![Page 56: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
θ (deg)p
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 0.01°
zero helix
λ = 30°
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 45° λ = 60°
0 100 200 300
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 67°
0 100 200 300
λ = 70°
θ (deg)p
Figure 3-8. Chip width evolution for varying helix angles over one cutter rotation for asingle fluted endmill, based on the analytical solution (RI = 50%, a = 4 mm,D = 12 mm, up-milling).
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 0.01° λ = 30°
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 45° λ = 57°
0 100 200 300
0
2
4
b (
mm
) λ = 60°
0 100 200 300
λ = 70°
zero helix
θ (deg)p θ (deg)p
Figure 3-9. Chip width evolution for varying helix angles over one cutter rotation for asingle fluted endmill, based on the analytical solution (RI = 25%, a = 4 mm,D = 12 mm, up-milling).
56
![Page 57: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
CHAPTER 4MECHANISTIC FORCE MODEL FOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS
The purpose of this chapter is to provide the reader with a background on the method
of mechanistic force modeling and the associated terminology. The mechanistic model
chosen for this demonstration is a two dimensional force model for peripheral milling with
straight fluted endmills which is widely used (Tlusty, 2000). It captures the components
of the cutting force in the plane of cutter rotation. For milling with straight flutes, with
only peripheral cutting, the axial force component vanishes. So a two dimensional model
suffices.
In a mechanistic force model, the geometry of the chip area is determined. The
chip area is multiplied by appropriate cutting coefficients to obtain the respective force
components. These cutting coefficients are lumped parameters. They capture the effects
of the material properties of the workpiece materials being machined, tribological aspects
of tool work interface friction including the application of cutting fluids, the impact of
the specific tool geometry such as the rake and clearance angles, and the dependence
on cutting conditions such as the machining parameters used. Such models need to be
experimentally calibrated for any specific application on a given machining set-up, which is
the subject of discussion in the next chapter.
The mechanism of machining of ductile metallic alloys involves cutting (shearing at
interatomic planes) and plowing actions. Shearing action is the dominant mode of power
consumption in general applications. For micromachining applications, especially when
the order of magnitude of the feed is the same as the edge rounding radius of the sharp
cutting edges, the plowing action can consume comparable amounts of power. The lumped
parameter cutting coefficients which are related to the chip area capture the cutting
(shearing) action well and may be called (shear) cutting coefficients. Plowing is better
modeled as being proportional to the length of the cutting edge in contact with the chip,
57
![Page 58: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
and the related lumped parameter cutting coefficients are called edge coefficients1. In this
document, the plowing mechanism is ignored. Hence, the models outlined here should not
be used directly in micromachining applications, nor for feed rates which are so low as to
be of order of magnitude similar to the edge radii of the sharp cutting edges.
A mechanistic model presented by Sabberwal (1961) related the tangential force
to the chip area with the cutting coefficient being the constant of proportionality. The
coefficient was called the specific pressure, and was experimentally demonstrated to be
independent of the helix angle for a few work materials. This idea is used as the basis of
the model presented in this chapter.
4.1 Force Model for a Single Tooth
For straight fluted cutters, the instantaneous tangential cutting force, Ft, and the
instantaneous normal cutting force, Fn, on any given tooth are empirically computed
by writing these as functions of the uncut chip area (Tlusty, 2000). The axial chip area
is zero. Hence, the axial cutting force component vanishes. The problem is rendered
2-dimensional for straight fluted cutters. The components of the force in the plane need
only be considered. Figure 4-1 shows the instantaneous orientations of these two force
components. The orientations of these forces change with the rotation of the cutter, i.e.,
these components are expressed in a rotating coordinate frame attached to the endmill.
Eq. 2–4 yields the uncut chip area as Ac = bh(= afT sin θ). Force components on the pth
tooth, as a function of its angular orientation, θp, may be written as
1 Edge coefficients are denoted with a subscript e but are ignored in this document.The cutting coefficients are denoted by a subscript c in later chapters when helical millingis considered. In this chapter, the subscript c is dropped for simplicity but it should beunderstood that they are cutting coefficients, as opposed to edge coefficients. This alsoserves to distinguish the coefficients in this document, those without the subscript c areassociated with straight fluted cutters, and those having subscript c are associated withhelical cutters.
58
![Page 59: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Ft
Fn
=
bh 0
0 bh
Kt
Kn
= afT
sin θp 0
0 sin θp
Kt
Kn
(4–1)
where Kt and Kn are lumped parameter cutting coefficients which depend on the
tool-workpiece-cutting fluid combination, as well as on machining parameters such as
cutting speed and chip thickness. They may be obtained by experiment during the process
of model calibration for any specific situation. Kt and Kn are defined in a rotating frame
of reference, and are called the tangential and normal cutting coefficients, respectively.
In a fixed frame of reference, the components of the cutting force experienced by a
single tooth are obtained using the transformations shown in Fig. 4-2, resulting in the
following familiar (Tlusty, 2000) relationships for the force components when the tooth is
in the cut
Fx
Fy
=afT
2
sin 2θp 1− cos 2θp
1− cos 2θp − sin 2θp
Kt
Kn
, θp ∈ [θst, θex] (4–2)
and Fx,y ≡ 0 when θp /∈ [θst, θex] (tooth out of the cut).
4.2 Average Force Based Estimates of Kt and Kn
Sabberwal (1961) showed that the mean cutting coefficient could be related to the
average values of the cutting force. For a single tooth, the averaged components of the
cutting force, F x, and F y, may be expressed as,
F x
F y
=
afT
2(θex − θst)
θex∫
θst
sin 2θp 1− cos 2θp
1− cos 2θp − sin 2θp
dθp
Kt
Kn
(4–3)
Upon simplification
F x
F y
=afT
2 (θex − θst)
ν1 ν2
ν2 −ν1
Kt
Kn
(4–4)
59
![Page 60: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
where, for convenience, ν1 and ν2 are shorthand for the following expressions
ν1 = sin(θst + θex) sin(θex − θst) (4–5)
ν2 = (θex − θst)− cos(θst + θex) sin(θex − θst) (4–6)
Inverting
Kt
Kn
=2 (θex − θst)
afT (ν21 + ν2
2)
ν1 ν2
ν2 −ν1
F x
F y
(4–7)
where the average force components are obtained from experiments, and all other terms on
the right hand side of the above equation are known.
4.3 Multiple Tooth Formulation
For a multiple toothed cutter, individual force signatures due to each tooth are
qualitatively identical, except that they are shifted in phase by the pitch angle with
respect to the reference (pth) tooth, and differ in magnitude since the associated feed per
tooth differs due to radial runout or differential pitch effects. The components of the total
force, FX,Y , are a summation of the force components of the individual teeth
FX
FY
=
N∑i=1
Fx
(θp − χi, fTi
)
N∑i=1
Fy
(θp − χi, fTi
)
(4–8)
where
FX and FY are the components of the total force,
χi = pitch angle of the ith tooth w.r.t. the pth tooth,
fTi= the feed/tooth associated with the ith tooth,
N = the number of teeth in the cutter,
and p is arbitrary (1 ≤ p ≤ N), being just a reference.
4.4 Effects of Tooth Runout
Kline and DeVor (1983) identified the ratio of the runout to the feed rate as an
important parameter which determines the effect of runout on the cutting force system.
60
![Page 61: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
The radial runout influences the effective feed rate experienced by an individual tooth.
Upon clamping the endmill in the toolholder and clamping the toolholder assembly on
the spindle, a static measurement of runout can be taken using a dial indicator. The total
indicated reading (T.I.R.) can be used as a measure of the radial runout. The relative
runout between successive teeth, ρ, governs the effective feed experienced by each tooth.
The tooth having the highest point would experience the maximum effective feed per
tooth. These ideas are illustrated in Fig. 4-3 in which a two fluted cutter is considered for
the sake of simplicity.
Let fT1 and fT2 be the effective feeds per tooth experienced by the two teeth, and fT
be the nominal (commanded) feed per tooth. The following relations hold
fT1 + fT2 = 2fT (4–9)
fT1 − fT2 = |2ρ| (4–10)
with the notation convention such that fT1 > fT2. Solving Eqs. 4–9 and 4–10 simultaneously
fT1 = fT + |ρ| (4–11)
and
fT2 = fT − |ρ| (4–12)
For a cutter with more than two teeth, the expressions for effective feed can be derived
using similar arguments.
4.5 Cutting Coefficient Model
For fixed levels of cutting speed and axial depth of cut, the cutting coefficients depend
on the the chip thickness. A logarithmic relationship of the general form K = eΓ(h)Ψ,
61
![Page 62: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
proposed by Sabberwal (1961) is adopted, leading to
ln Kt
ln Kn
=
1 ln h 0 0
0 0 1 ln h
Γt
Ψt
Γn
Ψn
(4–13)
where Γt,n and Ψt,n are cutting constants whose values depend on the combination of tool
material and work material, the specific cutting geometry, as well as cutting conditions,
such as the type of cutting fluid being used. These cutting constants are true constants,
as opposed to the cutting coefficients which have just been modeled as being functions of
chip thickness. In general, the cutting coefficients are functions of machining parameters,
i.e., the speed, feed, and the axial as well as radial depths of cut (Gradisek et al., 2004).
In this document, the coefficients are evaluated experimentally for fixed values of cutting
speed and axial depth of cut. Hence, they depend only on the feed and radial depth of cut,
which, together, determine the chip thickness.
4.6 Force Prediction Example
Based on the above force model, the two components of the cutting force may
be predicted after experimentally determining the cutting constants/coefficients. An
illustration of the predicted forces is given in Fig. 4-4. The method of calibrating the
model through experimental input parameter determination is discussed in the next
chapter.
4.7 Chapter Summary
The two dimensional mechanistic force model for peripheral milling with straight
fluted endmills was presented in order to familiarize the reader with the mathematical
structure of a mechanistic force model. The effects of a single tooth were first obtained.
For multiple toothed endmills, a summation is used with appropriate phase shifts for
successive teeth. This rigid force model does not include forced vibration or tool detection
effects, but includes the effects of relative radial runout of the teeth. The concept of
62
![Page 63: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
lumped parameter cutting coefficients was invoked. It was stated that they are a
function of machining parameters and are related to cutting constants, which are true
invariants. These cutting coefficients and cutting constants have to be experimentally
determined. Experimental errors are to be expected and random effects of variations of
material, friction, etc., are involved, which introduce uncertainties in measured values. The
determination of the cutting coefficients and cutting constants, along with the associated
variances, is the subject of the next chapter.
Ω
feed a
bh
FtFn
workpiece
tn
Fn
Ω
endmillF
θθp
t
Figure 4-1. The uncut chip area, Ac = bh, is related to the instantaneous tangential forcecomponent, Ft, and the instantaneous normal force component, Fn. A righthanded, straight fluted endmill having two teeth is illustrated in down millingconfiguration.
F
θ
y
x
workpiece
t
n
θworkpiece
p
feed
t
Fn
Ft
Fn
FnxFny F
tx
Fty
Ω
endmill
Ω
Figure 4-2. Transformation of forces from a rotating frame (t, n) to a fixed frame (x, y).
63
![Page 64: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Ω
Effective feed per tooth
Work
f fT1 T2
f f T T
(a): No runout: f = f = f T2 T1 T
Ω
f f T T
(b): With runout: f = f = f T2 T1 T
fT2T1
Ω
ΩNo runoutendmill
fEffective feed per tooth
T.I.R
/ /
Figure 4-3. Idealization of radial runout and its effect on the feed per tooth. The nominal(commanded) feed per tooth is fT . The total indicated reading (T.I.R.) oversuccessive teeth is a measure of the relative runout between the two teeth. Therunout is exaggerated for illustrative purposes. A case of up-milling with a twofluted cutter, having equispaced teeth, is shown.
−100
0
100
200
300
Fx (
N)
e
0 90 180 270 360−100
0
100
200
300
Fy (
N)
θp
(deg)
Feed force
Lateral force
Figure 4-4. Force prediction example: 2-fluted endmill having diameter 12.7mm, feed 0.150mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, axial depth-of-cut 0.5 mm, cutting speed 72m/min, up-milling, nominal runout 0.015 µm. Work material: low carbon steel(HV170). Tool material: solid carbide. Cutting constants:Γt = 7.179, Ψt = −0.4145, Γn = 7.006, Ψn = −0.5203.
64
![Page 65: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
CHAPTER 5FORCE MODEL CALIBRATION FOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS
The aim of this chapter is to familiarize the reader with the method of calibration
of a mechanistic force model. The two dimensional cutting force model described in the
previous chapter is experimentally calibrated. The model input parameters which are
required to make force predictions are the values of the cutting coefficients (or the cutting
constants) and the values of relative radial runout between successive teeth.
Experimental determination introduces uncertainties in the model parameters. These
uncertainties in the input parameters propagate through the force model. The analysis
of uncertainty propagation is the subject of the next chapter. However, the variances
of the model input parameters are determined in this chapter. These variances are a
result of random and systematic effects in experimental measurements. Those effects are
identified, and the uncertainties attached to the model input parameters are quantified in
this chapter.
5.1 The Partial Radial Immersion Experiment
Figure 5-1 shows the experimental set-ups for cutting force measurement and radial
runout measurement. Cutting coefficients were extracted for dry machining low carbon
steel (hardness HV170) using a 25% radial immersion experiment. A straight fluted,
uncoated, solid carbide endmill of SGS1 make, catalog no. 30423, 12.7 mm (1/2”)
diameter, having 2 teeth, was used. The machine was a Mikron UCP Vario 5-axis
machining center. A standard collet chuck was used. Spindle adaption was hollow
shank, taper and face contact HSK-63A. Upon clamping the tool in the spindle, the
endmill was indicated using a dial gage, of Teclock make, having a least count of 2.5 µm
(0.0001”). The nominal total indicated reading (T.I.R) was 15 µm. A three component
1 In this document, all commercial products are identified for the sake of completeness,and to enable other investigators to replicate the experiments. This does not constituteendorsement of any of these products.
65
![Page 66: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
dynamometer, model 9257B of Kistler make, was used, along with charge amplifiers,
to record two components of the force, i.e., the feed force Fx and the lateral force Fy.
Data was acquired using a National Instruments data acquisition card at a sampling
frequency of 60 kHz. The raw data was denoised using a commercial, wavelet based filter,
available in the MATLABr software of The MathWorks, Inc. This software was also
used to process the data and present the results graphically. Bias correction for DC offset
was manually performed for each set of data obtained. A Tetrahertz Technologies laser
tachometer was used to record a synchronizing phasor signal to help estimate the point
of entry into the cut for one of the flutes in the endmill. Figure 5-2 shows a sketch of
the orientation of the phasor signal with respect to the feed direction. This provides a
reference angular position in the rotation so that the theoretical and experimental force
signals can be aligned.
Cutting coefficients were extracted based on a set of experiments with 25% radial
immersion. The fixed conditions of the experiments are given in Table 5-1. The average
chip thickness can be varied by changing the feed based on Eq. 2–5. Values of cutting
coefficients were recorded for each level of average chip thickness, and linear regression
was used to establish relationships between them. Using these cutting coefficients,
force predictions were made for up milling (50% RI), and mixed mode (75% RI), and
experimentally verified for different values of feed.
5.2 Experimental Extraction of Cutting Coefficients
Equations 4–2 and 4–7 indicate that the cutting coefficients are possibly correlated.
So, the covariances associated with Kt and Kn need to be considered. Experiments were
conducted at seven different feeds, in the range 0.050 − 0.250 mm/tooth, the time traces
of force components were recorded, and average force values, (fx, fy), were computed. The
experimental estimates of the average cutting force components are represented using the
corresponding lower case letters to distinguish sample measures from population measures.
At each feed rate, the experiment was repeated five times. Forces were averaged over one
66
![Page 67: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
rotation, on a per tooth basis. To reduce the variability, the average was taken for two
successive rotations. Values of Kt and Kn, corresponding to each feed rate, were derived
using Eq. 4–7. Seven sets of data, with five replications in each set, were collected for
fitting a linear model according to Eq. 4–13. Two parameters, the slope and the intercept,
were fitted to 35 points in each regression yielding 35 − 2 = 33 degrees of freedom (Taylor
and Kuyatt, 1994, pp.9) for the standard uncertainties associated with each of the four
cutting constants Γt,n and Ψt,n.
The cutting constants Γt,n an Ψt,n of Eq. 4–13 may be obtained using multiresponse
linear regression. Kurdi (2005) has solved a multiresponse regression problem having a
similar mathematical structure, using the theory presented by Zellner (1962). The method
fits a linear regression model and enables the evaluation of the variance-covariance matrix
between the responses, and the variance-covariance matrix of the random error in the
regression model, which permits the extraction of the variance-covariance matrix of the
cutting constants (details in Appendix A). This information is required for the evaluation
of uncertainty from random effects in the measuring process for the cutting constants,
when making predictions using the force model.
Zellner’s (1962) method of estimating the multiple response parameters, and the
variance covariance matrix of these estimators, was used in calculations. The fitted
regression lines are displayed in Fig. 5-3. Based on the regression, the estimated cutting
constants, Γt,n and Ψt,n, are calculated and given in Table 5-2.
The nominal values of cutting coefficients, obtained from the experiment, may be
computed by using the nominal values of the cutting constants in the Eq. 4–13
Kt = exp(Γt)(h)Ψt = 1312(h)−0.4145 [N/mm2] (5–1)
Kn = exp(Γn)(h)Ψn = 1103(h)−0.5203 [N/mm2] (5–2)
with the average chip thickness, h, expressed in [mm].
67
![Page 68: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
The reader should note that the above expressions are derived based on experiments
in which the domain of h is
0.0239 [mm] ≤ h ≤ 0.1194 [mm] (5–3)
Hence, the expressions should strictly be used only for this range of h. However, a certain
amount of extrapolation may be acceptable in practical situations.
5.3 Variances of Model Input Parameters
The sources of uncertainty are first identified. They are classified as being of
random or systematic origin. Appropriate methods are applied for the evaluation of
the uncertainties arising out of each source. The analytical method of uncertainty analysis
presented in this research is based on the voluminous 1995 Guide to the Expression of
Uncertainty in Measurement (GUM) (ISO, 1995). The NIST Technical Note 1297, 1994
Edition (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994), is a more compact guideline authored by two of the
primary authors (Kacker et al., 2007) of the GUM. This document is open to the general
public. So, most references are made to the NIST document. These documents classify
uncertainties into two different components. Uncertainty components which are evaluated
by statistical methods are classified as Type A, whereas those which are evaluated by
other means are classified as Type B.
The measured values of the lumped parameter cutting coefficients, and cutting
constants, are subject to random effects owing to random variations in material properties,
tool chip interface friction, etc. This random effect can be quantified using statistical
evaluation. The variances of the cutting constants are estimated using a Type A
evaluation which is based on a statistical analysis of the measurement data.
The variance-covariance matrix of the cutting constants, Γt,n and Ψt,n, as obtained
using Zellner’s (1962) method, is given in Table 5-3. The diagonal elements are the
68
![Page 69: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
variances, and the off-diagonal elements are the respective covariances2 . These variances
quantify the random effects in the estimation of the the cutting constants. The variances
of the cutting constants are designated as having been evaluated using a Type A analysis.
Measuring instruments can cause systematic errors. In this case there are two
measurement devices. The dynamometer, amplifier, and data acquisition card system
forms a chain for measurement of the cutting force components. A dial indicator, having
a finite resolution, has been used to measure the radial runout of successive teeth. The
effects of these two measuring devices on the variances of model input parameters are
quantified using the Type B evaluation. To distinguish between the two measurements,
the variances of measured forces are designated as being evaluated using a Type B1
analysis, and the variances of measured radial runouts of successive teeth are designated as
being evaluated using a Type B2 analysis.
These variances in the model input parameters (cutting constants) due to random
effects are obtained directly by using the Type A evaluation. However, the variances
in the model input parameters (cutting coefficients and effective feed per tooth) due
to the systematic effects are not obtained directly using the Type B evaluation. The
measurement values which are affected by systematic errors are the average force
components, and the radial runouts. The Type B1 and B2 evaluations yield the variances
of these measurements as will be shown in what follows. These variances need to be
propagated to the cutting estimated values of cutting coefficients and effective feeds per
tooth. The task of propagating the variances is accomplished in the next chapter. In this
chapter, only the variances of the average forces and radial runout are determined using
the Type B1 and B2 evaluations, respectively.
2 The large number of significant figures are carried so as not to be affected by round offerrors (Dieck, 1997). The Schwarz inequality, |covar(g1, g2)|2 ≤ var(g1)var(g2), is used as across check for the numerical calculations (Taylor, 1997).
69
![Page 70: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
The force measuring dynamometer, amplifier, and the digital data acquisition card
form a chain for measurement of cutting forces, based on which the cutting coefficients
are evaluated. So, force measurement can impose systematic errors. Systematic effects
in the force measurement process are assessed using a Type B1 analysis based on an
assumed distribution of the combined uncertainties in the average force measurements. An
underlying normal distribution is assumed. Instrument manufacturer’s recommendations
are used to quantify variances of the measured forces.
The variances in measured values of average force components, u2(fx,y,z), may be
calculated based on estimates of standard uncertainties in force measurements provided
by the instrument manufacturer (Cadille, 2008) who is certified to ISO 9001 and ISO
17025 (for calibration). According to the manufacturer’s certificate, the total uncertainty
of force measurement using multicomponent dynamometers having piezoelectric charge
devices, is calculated as√
u2(force range) + u2(charge). For forces of 0...60,000 lbf, the
uncertainty is 0.5%, and for charge of 0...50,000 pC, uncertainty is 0.5%, which yields√
(0.5)2 + (0.5)2 ' 0.707%. For the charge amplifier in the measuring chain, the typical
uncertainty in these ranges is < 0.5% and should be added to the 0.707%. The worst case
uncertainty is then stated at 0.707 + 0.5 = 1.207%. Based on this certificate, values of
u(fx,y,z) are set at 1.207% of the nominal values of the average force components, i.e.,
u(fx,y,z) ' 0.01207fx,y,z (5–4)
The uncertainty associated with runout measurement is captured using a Type B2
evaluation as discussed in Taylor and Kuyatt (1994). The dial indicator used in runout
measurement resolves to 0.0025 mm. The cosine error of the lever type indicator was
neglected in this analysis. Based on a rectangular (uniform) distribution of the half
interval, the variance of the radial runout measurement (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994) is
u2(ρ) =
(0.0025√
3
)2
(5–5)
70
![Page 71: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
5.4 Chapter Summary
The experimental determination of model input parameters for the two dimensional
cutting force model for straight fluted endmills was presented. Uncertainties associated
with the measurement processes were quantified. The two coefficients Kt and Kn
are possibly correlated. So, in addition to their variances, their covariance needs to
be determined. The covariance of cutting coefficients due to random effects was not
calculated directly because of the structure of the cutting coefficient model. The cutting
coefficients are nonlinear functions of h (or h). A nonlinear curve fitting procedure is
required to find the covariances, which is difficult. The linear relation ship between the
logarithms of Kt,n and h (or h) is exploited. This yields the variances and covariances of
cutting constants (instead of cutting coefficients) by linear regression using Zellner’s (1962)
method. Thus the random effects are captured.
The variances of cutting coefficients and effective feeds per tooth, due to systematic
effects, are captured indirectly. The variances of the measured average cutting forces were
estimated based on the instrument manufacturer’s estimates which assume an underlying
normal distribution for the variances. The variance of runout measurement was estimated
assuming an underlying rectangular distribution. These variances need to be propagated
to the variances in estimated values of the model input parameters (Kt, Kn, and fTi).
The idea of quantifying uncertainties in cutting coefficients, for their propagation
through models for stability and surface location analysis, has appeared in the literature
(Kurdi, 2005; Duncan et al., 2006). However, the idea of quantifying variances in model
input parameters for placing confidence intervals on predicted cutting forces, and the
determination of the variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants to capture the
random effects for the logarithmic cutting coefficient model chosen here, are contributions
of this research. The propagation of the model input parameter uncertainties through the
cutting force model is the subject of the next chapter.
71
![Page 72: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Table 5-1. Experimental cutting conditions: dry machining of low carbon steel (HV170)with a straight fluted, uncoated, solid carbide endmill
Endmill diameter Cutting speed No. of teeth Axial depth of cut
12.7 mm 72 m/min 2 (equispaced) 0.5 mm
Table 5-2. Mean values of estimated cutting constants for cutting conditions of Table 5-1
Γt Ψt Γn Ψn
Estimated parameters: 7.179 − 0.4145 7.006 − 0.5203Goodness of fit: Adj. R2 = 0.943 Adj. R2 = 0.903
Table 5-3. Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 5-1
Γt Ψt Γn Ψn
Γt 0.002561 0.000879 0.002046 0.000702Ψt 0.000312 0.000702 0.000249Γn 0.007161 0.002456Ψn 0.000873
72
![Page 73: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Figure 5-1. Experimental set-up showing the straight fluted endmill held in a collet chuckand mounted on the vertical spindle, the laser tachometer, and the workpiecemounted on the dynamometer which is held on the machine table. The set-upfor radial runout measurement using the dial indicator is also shown.
73
![Page 74: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
One tooth aligned with the black-white
transition on the reflecting surface
marked on the toolholder
feedworkpiece
Fixed orientation of the phasor signal
with respect to the feed direction
Figure 5-2. Experimental estimation of the angular orientation of a tooth at the entry of acut using a synchronizing phasor signal. A case of up-milling with 50% radialimmersion is illustrated.
8
8.5
9
ln [
Kt (
N/m
m2)]
Adj. R2 = 0.943
−3.5 −3 −2.5 −2
8
8.5
9
ln [
Kn (
N/m
m2)]
ln [ h (mm)]
Adj. R2 = 0.903
_
Figure 5-3. Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients, as a function of the averagechip thickness, for dry milling of low carbon steel (HV170), using a straightfluted solid carbide endmill, having 2 equispaced teeth, and a nominal runoutof 15 µm. Experimental points are denoted by small circles.
74
![Page 75: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
CHAPTER 6PROPAGATION OF UNCERTAINTIES THROUGH THE FORCE MODEL
FOR STRAIGHT FLUTED ENDMILLS
Experimental calibration of the force models introduces uncertainties in the model
input parameters. The analysis of the propagation of these uncertainties through the force
model is one of the important contributions of this research. Uncertainty propagation can
be studied by analytical methods or by sampling methods such as the Monte Carlo. In
this document, the analytical method of propagation has been adopted which is facilitated
by the closed form solutions of the force models. In this chapter, model parameter
uncertainties are propagated through the two dimensional force model for straight fluted
endmills. This serves to demonstrate the technique. The same procedure will be used in
subsequent chapters where closed form force models are developed for helical peripheral
milling.
Though there do not appear to be any studies in the literature that have quantified
the uncertainties associated with predicted instantaneous cutting forces for peripheral
milling, examples of applications in which such an uncertainty analysis is important
include the real time monitoring of tool wear and the automated sensing of tool breakage,
both of which are based on force sensing principles. In the metal cutting community, there
is interest in quantifying uncertainties associated with model based predictions of different
aspects of the machining process. For instance, in his investigation of the optimization of
the milling processes under uncertainty, Kurdi (2005) has studied the variances of cutting
coefficients, and placed confidence intervals on stability boundaries.
6.1 Propagation of Uncertainties Through a Mathematical Model
The sources of uncertainty were identified in the last chapter. Variances of cutting
constants, average forces, and radial runouts were determined by Type A, B1, and B2
evaluations, respectively.
In this chapter, individual standard uncertainties are propagated through the model
to obtain an estimate of the combined uncertainties. The combined uncertainty of
75
![Page 76: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
predicted force components due to the random effects on cutting constants is designated
ucA(fx,y,z). The combined uncertainty of force components due to the effect of the
force measuring instrumentation is designated ucB1(fx,y,z) , and that due to the runout
measuring instrument is designated ucB2(fx,y,z). According to Taylor and Kuyatt (1994),
when a measurand Y is not measured directly, but is found from N other quantities
X1, X2, . . . XN using a functional relation
Y = g(X1, X2, . . . XN) (6–1)
then an estimate of the measurand, or output quantity Y , denoted by the lowercase y, is
found using input estimates x1, x2, . . . , xN for the N input quantities X1, X2, . . . XN using
the functional relationship
y = g(x1, x2, . . . xN) (6–2)
The combined standard uncertainty of the measurement result y, denoted by uc(y) is
taken to represent the estimated standard deviation of y, and is the positive square root of
the estimated variance u2c(y) given by
u2c(y) =
N∑i=1
(∂g
∂xi
)2
u2(xi) + 2N−1∑i=1
N∑j=i+1
∂g
∂xi
∂g
∂xj
u(xi, xj) (6–3)
where u2( ) are variances and u( , ) are covariances of the input estimates.
Taylor and Kuyatt (1994) refer to Eq. 6–3 as the law of propagation of uncertainty.
The combined standard uncertainties of the predicted forces are derived using this law for
which the functional relation ‘g’ is given by Eq. 4–2, which defines the function governing
the force components. The sensitivity coefficients are the partial derivatives of the force
components with respect to the model input parameters which have uncertainties attached
to them, namely, the cutting constants, the cutting coefficients, and the effective feed
rates.
76
![Page 77: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
6.2 Variances of Cutting Coefficients and Effective Feed Rates
In section 5.3 of chapter 5, it was observed that the variances of model input
parameters due to random effects were directly available from the Type A evaluation
in the form of a variance-covariance matrix for the cutting constants Γt,n and Ψt,n.
However, the variances of model input parameters due to systematic effects were not
available directly from the Type B1 and B2 evaluations. The Type B1 evaluation provided
an estimate of the variances of the measured average forces Eq. 5–4, and the Type
B2 evaluation gave an estimate of the variances of measured values of radial runout of
successive teeth Eq. 5–5. These variances need to be propagated to obtain estimates of
the variances of cutting coefficients and effective feeds per tooth, which are model input
parameters required for force predictions using Eqs. 4–2 and 4–8.
6.2.1 Propagation of Average Force Uncertainty to Cutting Coefficients
Equation 4–7 yields the following sensitivity coefficients for use in propagation of the
uncertainty in average force measurements to the uncertainties in cutting coefficients
stx
sty
snx
sny
=
∂Kt/∂F x
∂Kt/∂F y
∂Kn/∂F x
∂Kn/∂F y
=2(θex − θst)
afT (ν21 + ν2
2)
ν1
ν2
ν2
−ν1
(6–4)
Using the above sensitivities in Eq. 6–3 the variances of cutting coefficients, due to
the systematic effects, can be obtained
u2(kt)
u2(kn)
=
s2tx s2
ty 0
s2nx s2
ny 0
u2(fx)
u2(fy)
(6–5)
The values of u(fx,y) in the Eq. 6–5 above are set at 1.207% of the nominal values
of the average force components based on the instrument manufacturer’s estimates as
explained in detail in chapter 5. For simplicity, any possible correlation between Kt and
Kn from measurement channel cross talk is neglected, i.e., u(kt, kn) is set to zero.
77
![Page 78: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
6.2.2 Propagation of Radial Runout Uncertainty to Effective Feeds
Equations 4–11 and 4–12 yield the following sensitivity coefficients for use in
propagation of the uncertainty in relative runout to the uncertainties in effective feeds
∂fT1
∂ρ= 1 and
∂fT2
∂ρ= −1 (6–6)
Equations 5–5 and 6–6 may be used in Eq. 6–3 to estimate the variances of the
effective feed for each individual tooth
u2(fT1) =
(∂fT1
∂ρ
)2
u2(ρ) =
(0.0025√
3
)2
(6–7)
u2(fT2) =
(∂fT2
∂ρ
)2
u2(ρ) =
(0.0025√
3
)2
(6–8)
6.3 Propagation of Uncertainties Through the Cutting Force Model
The three components of uncertainty in input parameters have to be propagated
through the force model Eq. 4–2. Hence, their sensitivities must be computed.
6.3.1 Sensitivity Coefficients of Component Uncertainties
Sensitivity coefficients used to determine the Type A component uncertainties are
s11
s12
s13
s14
s21
s22
s23
s24
=
∂Fx/∂Γt
∂Fx/∂Ψt
∂Fx/∂Γn
∂Fx/∂Ψn
∂Fy/∂Γt
∂Fy/∂Ψt
∂Fy/∂Γn
∂Fy/∂Ψn
=bfT
2
Kt sin 2θp
[Kt ln h] sin 2θp
Kn(1− cos 2θp)
[Kn ln h](1− cos 2θp)
Kt(1− cos 2θp)
[Kt ln h](1− cos 2θp)
−Kn sin 2θp
−[Kn ln h] sin 2θp
(6–9)
where Kt and Kn are parameterized in Γt,n and Ψt,n, according to Eq. 4–13.
78
![Page 79: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Sensitivities coefficients with respect to the cutting coefficients are used in the
determination of the Type B1 component uncertainties and may be found using Eq. 4–2
sxKt
sxKn
syKt
syKn
=
∂Fx/∂Kt
∂Fx/∂Kn
∂Fy/∂Kt
∂Fy/∂Kn
=afT
2
sin 2θp
1− cos 2θp
1− cos 2θp
− sin 2θp
(6–10)
Sensitivity coefficients with respect to the effective feeds are used in the determination
of Type B2 component uncertainties. These are found using Eqs. 4–2, 2–5, and 4–13
sxf
syf
=
∂Fx/∂fT
∂Fy/∂fT
=a
2
sin 2θp 1− cos 2θp
1− cos 2θp − sin 2θp
(1 + Ψt)Kt
(1 + Ψn)Kn
(6–11)
The sensitivities in Eqs. 6–9 - 6–11 are functions of θp. For illustrative purposes, they
are plotted in Fig. 6-1 for a particular combination of machining parameters.
6.3.2 Propagation of Type A Uncertainties
Let lowercase γt,n and ψt,n be the input estimates for the values of input quantities
Γt,n and Ψt,n, respectively. The lowercase representation is used here to indicate sample
measures which are used as estimates of the population measures Γt,n and Ψt,n. These
estimates are available from Table 5-2.
The estimated variances of the cutting constants denoted by u2( ) and the
estimated covariances of the cutting constants denoted by u( , ) are available from
Table 5-3. These uncertainties have to be propagated to the predicted forces using the
sensitivities, sij, given by Eq. 6–9.
These sensitivities are themselves a function of the cutting constants. hence, they
are evaluated at the estimated parameters γt,n and ψt,n. The combined component
uncertainties of predicted forces for the pth tooth, ucA(fx,y), due to the uncertainties in the
cutting constants, are obtained using the sensitivities, sij, in the propagation law Eq. 6–3
79
![Page 80: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
which assumes the following form
u2cA
(fx)
u2cA
(fy)
=
s211
s212
s213
s214
s221
s222
s223
s224
u2 (γt)
u2 (ψt)
u2 (γn)
u2 (ψn)
+2
s11s12 s11s13 s11s14 s12s13 s12s14 s13s14
s21s22 s21s23 s21s24 s22s23 s22s24 s23s24
u(γt, ψt)
u(γt, γn)
u(γt, ψn)
u(ψt, γn)
u(ψt, ψn)
u(γn, ψn)
(6–12)
6.3.3 Propagation of Type B1 Uncertainties
The variances of cutting coefficients due to average force measurement uncertainties
are available from Eq. 6–11 based on the Type B2 evaluation. These uncertainties may
be propagated to the predicted forces using Eq. 4–2 and the sensitivities expressed in Eq.
6–10 to yield the combined component uncertainties of predicted forces for the pth tooth,
ucB1(fx,y), by applying Eq. 6–3
u2cB1
(fx)
u2cB1
(fy)
=
s2xKt s2
xKn
s2yKt s2
yKn
u2(kt)
u2(kn)
(6–13)
6.3.4 Propagation of Type B2 Uncertainties
The uncertainties in effective feed per tooth due to radial runout measurement
uncertainties are available from Eqs. 6–7 and 6–8 based on the Type B2 evaluation. These
uncertainties may be propagated to the predicted forces using Eq. 4–2 and the sensitivities
expressed in Eq. 6–5 to yield the combined component uncertainties of predicted forces for
80
![Page 81: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
the pth tooth, ucB2(fx,y), by applying Eq. 6–3
u2cB2
(fx)
u2cB2
(fy)
= u2(fT )
[sxf ]2
[syf ]2
(6–14)
where the subscript on fTp is dropped for convenience.
6.4 Expanded Uncertainty
The objective of the exercise is to specify the 95% confidence intervals on predicted
forces. Coverage factors for component expanded uncertainties are first computed based
on the associated probability distributions of the component combined uncertainties. To
determine the appropriate coverage factor for expanded uncertainty corresponding to a
95% confidence interval, an appropriate convolution of the various probability distributions
needs to be considered (Turzeniecka, 2000; Fotowicz, 2006).
6.4.1 Expanded Uncertainty Coverage Factor Type A
The Type A standard uncertainty components, owing to the variances and covariances
in the cutting constants, are combined using the law of propagation of uncertainty to yield
the combined standard uncertainties, ucA(fx), and ucA(fy), which are assumed to have
an approximately normal distribution. This happens when the conditions of the Central
Limit Theorem are met. When this is the case, ucA(fx,y) themselves have negligible
uncertainty (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994, pp.4), and a ±2ucA(fx,y) width about the nominal
value defines an interval in which the measurement result is believed to lie with a level of
confidence of approximately 95%, i.e., the coverage factor for the expanded uncertainty is
κA = 2.
If ucA(fx,y) themselves have non-negligible uncertainty, a conventional procedure may
be used to produce a coverage factor that produces an interval having the approximate
level of confidence desired. The effective degrees of freedom for the combined uncertainties
are estimated based on the Welch-Satterthwaite (W-S) expression (Taylor and Kuyatt,
81
![Page 82: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
1994, pp. 8-9, Eqs. B-1 and B-2) as follows
dfeff |ucA(fx) = [u?cA(fx)]
4 ×[s411u
4(γt)
df |u(γt)
+s412u
4(ψt)
df |u(ψt)
+s413u
4(γn)
df |u(γn)
+s414u
4(ψn)
df |u(ψn)
]−1
(6–15)
dfeff |ucA(fy) = [u?cA(fy)]
4 ×[
s421u
4(γt)
df |u(γt)
+s422u
4(ψt)
df |u(ψt)
+s423u
4(γn)
df |u(γn)
+s424u
4(ψn)
df |u(ψn)
]−1
(6–16)
and
dfeff |ucA(fx,y) 6 df |u(γt)+ df |u(ψt)
+ df |u(γn) + df |u(ψn) (6–17)
where dfeff |ucA(fx) and dfeff |ucA(fy) are the effective degrees of freedom for the combined
Type A component uncertainties of fx and fy respectively. The superscript ?, used in the
terms u?cA(fx,y) in Eqs. 6–15 and 6–16, indicates that no correlation is considered among
the inputs in calculating these combined uncertainties, i.e. the covariance terms in Eq.
6–12 are not considered, as suggested by Willink (2007) in his generalization of the W-S
expression for use with correlated uncertainty components.
To determine the cutting constants in chapter 5, experiments were conducted at
seven different feeds. At each feed, five replications were taken. Two parameters (slope
and intercept) were fitted to 7 × 5 = 35 points in each regression, yielding 35 − 2 = 33
degrees of freedom for the standard uncertainties associated with each of the four cutting
constants Γt,n, and Ψt,n (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994, pp.9).
The coverage factor for the Type A component expanded uncertainty is determined
based on the Student’s t-distribution for any desired confidence interval, and may be
read off the Table B.1 in Taylor and Kuyatt (1994) knowing the value of dfeff |ucA(fx,y).
The effective degrees of freedom are functions of the angular position of the pth tooth,
θp. Therefore, the coverage factor is also a function of θp. The functional dependence is
illustrated for an example case in Fig. (6-2). For this particular case, it may be noted
that the effective degrees of freedom are quite large (≥ 31), so that the coverage factor
approaches 2. By inspection of the figure, κA ' 2.04 may be taken as a good conservative
82
![Page 83: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
value of the coverage factor for the Type A component expanded uncertainty for a 95%
confidence interval for both, the x and y components of the force.
6.4.2 Expanded Uncertainty Coverage Factor Type B
For the Type B1 uncertainties due to systematic effects in the force measuring chain,
underlying approximately normal distributions are assumed for the combined component
uncertainties. Based on this the coverage factor for the Type B1 component expanded
uncertainty is κB1 ' 2 for a 95% confidence interval.
For the Type B2 uncertainties due to systematic effects of the runout measuring
device, the rectangular distribution is assumed with infinite degrees of freedom. Based on
this the coverage factor for the Type B2 component expanded uncertainty is κB2 ' 1.65
for a 95% confidence interval.
6.4.3 Overall Expanded Uncertainty
This problem has both Type A and Type B uncertainties with different types of
underlying probability distributions (approximately normal and rectangular). To calculate
the overall expanded uncertainty, a convolution of these probability distributions has
to be considered, which is a difficult problem. Turzeniecka (2000) has suggested various
approximate methods of calculating the expanded uncertainty in such situations. The best
choice depends on the relative magnitudes of the Type A and Type B uncertainties. In the
problem at hand, this ratio is not fixed. This fact is clarified with an example shown in
Fig. 6-3. Moreover, the ratio is a function of θp, and process parameters such as the feed
and radial immersion. For such a situation, Turzeniecka (2000) has suggested the root sum
of squares (RSS) method as a good solution. The expanded uncertainty is the RSS1 of the
component expanded uncertainties
U(fx,y) =√
κ2Au2
cA(fx,y) + κ2B1
u2B1
(fx,y) + κ2B2
u2B2
(fx,y) (6–18)
1 Turzeniecka (2000) has named it the vector sum method
83
![Page 84: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
The predicted forces are
Predicted forces ' Fx,y ± U(fx,y)
where Fx,y are calculated based on Eq. 4–2.
The above analysis considers the forces and uncertainties associated with the
engagement of a single tooth. For multiple tooth engagement, the forces due to each
tooth are merely summed. However, the uncertainties must be obtained by the root
sum of squares method by considering the sum of the squares of each of the component
combined uncertainties for every tooth individually, and taking the square root of this
overall sum.
All the uncertainties, combined as well as expanded, are functions of the angular
position of the pth tooth, an example of which is given in Fig. 6-3. For this same example
confidence intervals are placed on predicted forces and shown in Fig. 6-4.
6.5 Force Prediction with 95% Confidence Interval
Various combinations of radial immersion and feed rates were used to make the force
predictions as given in Table 6-1. Confidence intervals were placed on predicted forces
based on the uncertainty analysis. Experimental force signals are superimposed on the
predicted force signals to display the results graphically in Figs. 6-5 - 6-9.
6.6 Chapter Summary and Outlook for the Forthcoming Chapters
The purpose of this chapter was not to study force models, but to demonstrate
the propagation of uncertainties in model input parameters through a force model.
An analytical uncertainty analysis procedure was applied to the practical problem of
determining confidence intervals on predicted cutting forces in peripheral milling. This
covers a gap in the literature in the field of machining. One application, where cutting
force sensing is used for feedback, is the real time monitoring of tool wear and tool
breakages. In comparing the actual cutting forces with predicted (expected) forces, the
confidence bounds on the predicted forces need to be considered. One has to be careful
84
![Page 85: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
in attributing deviations from nominal predicted forces to wear or breakage, when these
deviations lie within the confidence regions.
Though the uncertainty analysis was performed for a cutting force model applicable
for straight fluted endmills, the procedure is quite general. For helical endmills, the basic
force model will differ, but the uncertainty analysis method will remain exactly the same.
This technique of uncertainty propagation through a milling force model is one of the
contributions of this research. The procedure for determining the uncertainties, and
the corresponding confidence intervals, is readily implemented. The ability to provide a
defensible uncertainty statement to accompany cutting force predictions has a practical
benefit. It enables the process planner to decide the usefulness of model based force
predictions in any specific application. The success of the analytic uncertainty analysis
procedure hinged on the fact that closed form analytical expressions were available for the
cutting forces as well as cutting coefficients. Even so, for the two dimensional force model
for straight fluted cutters, the uncertainty analysis was quite algebraically involved.
In the forthcoming chapters closed form analytical solutions will be developed for
helical peripheral milling. The models will be mechanistic having the same structure as
the force model described in these last three chapters. The closed form solutions will also
permit the use of the same uncertainty propagation procedure as was adopted in this
chapter.
Table 6-1. Summary of experimental conditions used for verification of force predictions,holding the cutting conditions of Table 5-1 fixed
Resultsdisplayed in
Feed(mm/tooth)
Radialimmersion (%)
Up/down milling or mixedmode (> 50% RI)
Figure 6-5 0.150 50 Up millingFigure 6-6 0.100 50 Up millingFigure 6-7 0.050 50 Up millingFigure 6-8 0.200 75 mixed mode, h = 0 at the entryFigure 6-9 0.150 75 mixed mode, h = 0 at the entry
85
![Page 86: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
−600
−400
−200
0
200
400
(a) Type A
s
11
s12
s13
s14
s21
s22
s23
s24
−0.05
0
0.05
0.1
Se
nsi
tiv
ity
co
eff
icie
nts
(a
pp
rop
ria
te u
nit
s)
(b) Type B1
sxKt
sxKn
syKt
syKn
0 90 180 270 360
0
500
1000
θp
(deg)
(c) Type B2
sxf
syf
Figure 6-1. Variation of sensitivity coefficients with angular position of the pth tooth: feed0.150 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, up-milling, nominal runout 15 µm.Other conditions as in Table 5-1.
86
![Page 87: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
30
40
50
60
df e
ff
df
eff|ucA(f
x)
dfeff|ucA
(fy
)
0 90 180 270 3601.98
2
2.02
2.04
2.06
θp (deg)
κA
κAx
κAy
Figure 6-2. Variation of the effective degrees of freedom of combined uncertainties of TypeA, and the corresponding coverage factor for a 95% confidence interval, withangular position of the pth tooth: feed 0.150 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion,up-milling, nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table 5-1.
0
5
10
15
Co
mb
ine
d u
nce
rta
inty
(N
)
ucA
(fx)
ucB1
(fx)
ucB2
(fx)
ucA
(fy)
ucB1
(fy)
ucB2
(fy)
0 90 180 270 3600
5
10
15
θp
(deg)
Ex
pa
nd
ed
un
cert
ain
ty (
N)
U(Fx)95% CI
0 90 180 270 360
θp
(deg)
U(Fy)95% CI
Figure 6-3. Variation of component combined uncertainties, and overall expandeduncertainty for a 95% confidence interval, with angular position of the pth
tooth: feed 0.150 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, up-milling, nominalrunout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table 5-1.
87
![Page 88: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
−100
0
100
200
300
Fx (
N)
Nominal predicted force
95% CI bounds
0 90 180 270 360−100
0
100
200
300
Fy (
N)
θp
(deg)
Figure 6-4. Example illustrating the placement of 95% confidence interval bounds onpredicted cutting forces: feed 0.150 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion,up-milling, nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table 5-1.
−200
0
200
400
Fx (
N)
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
200
400
θp (deg)
Fy (
N)
experiment
theory: upper 95% CI
theory: lower 95% CI
Figure 6-5. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.150 mm/tooth, 50% radialimmersion, up-milling. Nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table5-1.
88
![Page 89: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
−200
0
200
400
Fx (
N)
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
200
400
θp (deg)
Fy (
N)
experiment
theory: upper 95% CI
theory: lower 95% CI
Figure 6-6. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 50% radialimmersion, up-milling. Nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table5-1.
−200
0
200
400
Fx (
N)
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
200
400
θp (deg)
Fy (
N)
experiment
theory: upper 95% CI
theory: lower 95% CI
Figure 6-7. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 50% radialimmersion, up-milling. Nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions as in Table5-1.
89
![Page 90: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
−200
0
200
400
Fx (
N)
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
200
400
θp (deg)
Fy (
N)
experiment
theory: upper 95% CI
theory: lower 95% CI
Figure 6-8. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 75% radialimmersion, cut starts with h = 0. Nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditions asin Table 5-1.
−200
0
200
400
Fx (
N)
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
200
400
θp (deg)
Fy (
N)
experiment
theory: upper 95% CI
theory: lower 95% CI
Figure 6-9. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.150 mm/tooth, 75% radialimmersion, cut starts as up-milling. Nominal runout 15 µm. Other conditionsas in Table 5-1.
90
![Page 91: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
CHAPTER 7INSTANTANEOUS RIGID FORCE MODEL FOR HELICAL PERIPHERAL MILLING
In this chapter a new model for cutting forces in helical peripheral milling is
developed. The model has distinguishing features that imbue it with certain advantages
when compared with other models available in the literature. Since this is a mechanistic
model, the chip area has to be related to the cutting coefficients. The model is three
dimensional because the axial force does not vanish in helical milling. It is a rigid model
since the effects of tool or part deflections on the chip area are ignored. For simplicity, the
effect of radial runout of successive teeth is ignored. That effect will be incorporated in the
next chapter.
Figure 7-1 shows the scheme which is chosen to relate the three differential cutting
force components to the respective areas. The differential projected frontal chip area, dAf ,
is related to the differential tangential force component, dFt, and the differential normal
force component, dFn. The differential projected axial chip area, dAa, is related to the
differential axial force component, dFa. In contrast to the typical approach (e.g. Engin
and Altintas, 2001) the rake face chip area (the gray region in Fig. 7-1) is not used in the
model. A particular feature
of the model is that the axial projected chip area is related to the axial force
component, unlike the general practice of relating the rake face chip area. This ensures
that the axial force component automatically vanishes as the helix angle goes to zero in a
straight fluted cutter. It is not necessary to force the axial cutting coefficient to go to zero
for straight fluted cutters.
The three dimensional force model for helical peripheral milling presented in this
chapter differs from prior work in several ways. Each force component has a single, closed
form expression which is valid for the entire cutter rotation, and the structure of linearized
cutting coefficients is retained. Any arbitrary value of radial immersion, and hence even
small immersions, can be used to experimentally determine the cutting coefficients.
91
![Page 92: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
7.1 Force Model for a Single Toothed Cutter
Empirical relationships yield the tangential, normal, and axial components of the
differential elements of force for the mechanistic model
dFt
dFn
dFa
=
dAf 0 0
0 dAf 0
0 0 dAa
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–1)
where Ktc, Knc and Kac are linearized cutting coefficients which may be obtained
experimentally during the process of model calibration for any specific situation.
The rotating (tangential and normal) components are related to components in a
fixed coordinate frame via a rotation matrix (Fig. 4-2), while the axial component remains
decoupled
dFx
dFy
dFz
=
dFtx + dFnx
dFty + dFny
dFa
=
cos θ sin θ 0
sin θ − cos θ 0
0 0 1
dFt
dFn
dFa
(7–2)
The reader will note that the value of the determinant of the 3×3 matrix in the above
equation equals −1. The (x, y, z) coordinates form a left handed system. This is a result
of the way the (x, y) coordinates are laid out in Fig. 4-2. The sense of the cutter rotation
is clockwise. The positive z−axis is aligned with the sense of rotation. This choice is
arbitrary, and has no physical significance.
Substituting from Eq. 7–1 and integrating yields the total forces
Fx
Fy
Fz
=
∫cos θdAf
∫sin θdAf 0
∫sin θdAf − ∫
cos θdAf 0
0 0∫
dAa
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–3)
where the integrations are carried out over the appropriate limits. These limits are
explicitly shown in a subsequent step, after applying certain transformations.
92
![Page 93: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
To compute the integrals∫
sin θdAf and∫
cos θdAf in Eq. 7–3, a local coordinate, ζ,
has been invoked in Fig. 7-2. By inspection of the geometry
dζ =
(b
θT − θL
)dθ (7–4)
Again, from Fig. 7-2, the differential element of frontal chip area, dAf , is
dAf = hdζ = fT sin θdζ (7–5)
where the local chip thickness at θ is obtained using the circular path approximation,
h = fT sin θ Eq. 2–2.Eliminating dζ using Eq. 7–4 yields dAf as a function of θ
dAf =
(bfT
θT − θL
)sin θdθ (7–6)
Based on Fig. 7-3, the differential element of the projected axial chip area, dAa, is
dAa = hD
2dθ =
DfT
2sin θdθ (7–7)
The three integrals∫
sin θdAf ,∫
cos θdAf and∫
dAa may now be computed:
∫sin θdAf =
(bfT
θT − θL
) θT∫
θL
sin2 θdθ (7–8)
∫cos θdAf =
(bfT
θT − θL
) θT∫
θL
sin θ cos θdθ (7–9)
∫dAa =
DfT
2
θT∫
θL
sin θdθ (7–10)
These three results may be substituted into Eq. 7–3 to obtain, upon simplification
Fx
Fy
Fz
= fT
bξ1 bξ2 0
bξ2 −bξ1 0
0 0 Dξ3
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–11)
93
![Page 94: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
where
ξ1 = sin
(θT + θL
2
)cos
(θT + θL
2
)cos
(θT − θL
2
)sinc
(θT − θL
2
)(7–12)
ξ2 =1
2[1− cos (θT + θL) sinc (θT − θL)] (7–13)
and
ξ3 = sin
(θT + θL
2
)sin
(θT − θL
2
)(7–14)
where the sampling function (sinc) has been defined earlier in Eq. 3–18.
In the above equations, the variables θL, θT and b are functions of θp. The functional
expressions for θL, θT and b have been derived in chapter 3. The Eq. 7–11 represents the
force components on a single tooth, as a function of θp, in closed form.
7.2 Modeling for Multiple Teeth
By analogy to section 4.3 the components of the total force are a summation of the
force components of the individual teeth
FX
FY
FZ
=
N∑i=1
Fx
(θp − χi, fTi
)
N∑i=1
Fy
(θp − χi, fTi
)
N∑i=1
Fz
(θp − χi, fTi
)
(7–15)
where
FX , FY and FZ are the components of the total force,
χi = pitch angle of the ith tooth w.r.t. the pth tooth,
fTi= the feed/tooth associated with the ith tooth,
N = the number of teeth in the cutter,
and p is arbitrary (1 ≤ p ≤ N), being just a reference.
For uniformly spaced teeth, χi has a constant value. For differential tooth spacing the
tooth pitch angles, χi, are directly obtained from the specifications of the endmill. The
94
![Page 95: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
effective feeds per tooth, fTi, are found by dividing the feed per revolution in proportion
with the angular tooth spacings of successive teeth.
7.3 Formulation for Cutting Coefficient Identification
Cutting coefficients are empirical and are determined experimentally. Martellotti
(1941) proposed that the average undeformed chip thickness could be related to the
components of the cutting force. Sawin (1926), Salomon (1926), and Sabberwal (1961)
showed that the cutting coefficient varies with the chip thickness.
The coefficients also depend on other process parameters such as cutting speed
(Shin and Waters, 1997) and tool geometry (Jayaram et al., 2001). For simplicity, the
cutting speed, axial depth of cut, and tool geometry are kept fixed in the experiments
reported in this paper. Hence, the results reported here hold only for the specific type
of tool geometry used, the stated cutting speed, and the axial depth of cut used in the
experiments.
Based on Sabberwal (1961), the coefficients may be expressed as exponential functions
of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm, having the general form K = eΓ(hm)Ψ. Thus, the
following set of relations may be written
ln Ktc
ln Knc
ln Kac
=
1 ln hm 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 ln hm 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 ln hm
Γtc
Ψtc
Γnc
Ψnc
Γac
Ψac
(7–16)
where Γtc,nc,ac and Ψtc,nc,ac are cutting constants. The values of these constants depend on
the combination of tool material and work material, the specific cutting geometry, as well
as cutting conditions, such as the type of cutting fluid being used.
The cutting coefficients described above can be experimentally extracted based on
a small set of cutting tests. The coefficients Ktc,nc,ac corresponding to a given feed per
95
![Page 96: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
tooth, fT , may be calculated based on average cutting force components for a chosen set
of cutting conditions. For these same conditions, the averaged mean chip thickness, hm,
may be computed using Eq. 3–19. The exercise is repeated for a set of different values of
fT . Thus, a mapping is established, generating a functional dependence of Ktc,nc,ac on hm.
This data may be used to obtain appropriate fits to find the cutting constants in Eq. 7–16.
For a single helical tooth, the components of the cutting force may be averaged over
one cutter revolution. The averaged components of the cutting force, F x, F y, and F z, may
be expressed as,
F x
F y
F z
= fT
1
2π
2π∫
0
bξ1 bξ2 0
bξ2 −bξ1 0
0 0 Dξ3
dθp
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–17)
Using shorthand notation
F x
F y
F z
=fT
2π
I1 I2 0
I2 −I1 0
0 0 DI3
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–18)
where
I1 ,2π∫
0
bξ1dθp, I2
2π∫
0
bξ2dθp, I3 ,2π∫
0
ξ3dθp (7–19)
Solving for the coefficients yields
Ktc
Knc
Kac
=2π
fT
I1I21+I2
2
I2I21+I2
20
I2I21+I2
2
−I1I21+I2
20
0 0 1DI3
F x
F y
F z
(7–20)
where F x,y,z are to be obtained based on experiments, and the integrals need to be
evaluated for the corresponding experimental conditions. The integrands in Eq. 7–19 have
closed form expressions using Eqs. 7–12 - 7–14 and Eqs. 3–6 - 3–8 or 3–9 - 3–11. For a
96
![Page 97: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
particular set of parameters, the integrals I1,2,3 have been evaluated and are plotted in Fig.
7-4 for the purpose of illustration.
In this section, a procedure has been developed for the identification of cutting
coefficients. The formulation is indifferent to whether the cutting coefficients are a
function of helix angle. The expressions are readily computed for any value of radial
immersion. Hence, low immersion tests can be used to determine the cutting coefficients.
For any given combination of workpiece material, tool material, tool geometry, and cutting
conditions such as use of cutting fluid, the cutting coefficients may be experimentally
derived. The coefficients are variable as they are a function of chip thickness. So, cutting
constants have been invoked which are true invariants. In the forthcoming sections the
constants are experimentally determined and the force model is verified.
7.4 Verification of the Analytical Solution
In this section, the analytical solution proposed here is verified. First, the solution
is checked for the case of zero helix angle to see if the equations reduce to the case of
the straight flute solution of chapter 4. Next, the results of the analytical solution are
compared with a numerical solution available in the literature from Tlusty (1985, 2000).
7.4.1 The Degenerate Case of Straight Fluted Cutters
The degenerate case of straight fluted mills is verified by setting the helix angle to
zero in all the relevant force expressions. First, the following relations must be noted by
inspection of the geometry
θT − θL = 0 (7–21)
θL + θT =
2θp, θp ∈ (θst, θex)
0, elsewhere(7–22)
b =
a (a constant), θp ∈ (θst, θex)
0, elsewhere(7–23)
97
![Page 98: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Substituting these values in Eq. 7–11 results in the familiar relationships Eq. 4–2for the force components when the tooth is in the cut [θp ∈ (θst, θex)]
Fx
Fy
Fz
=afT
2
sin 2θp 1− cos 2θp 0
1− cos 2θp − sin 2θp 0
0 0 0
Ktc
Knc
Kac
(7–24)
This verifies that the expressions in Eq. 7–11 are correct for the degenerate case,
λ = 0. In computer implementation, these equations are not well behaved, due to the cot λ
term which grows without bound as λ → 0. The formulation is rendered nominally useless
for λ = 0. However, the equations work accurately for extremely small values of helix
angle so that the helix angle is zero for all practical purposes. Figure 7-5 demonstrates the
results of computation for a straight fluted endmill using λ = 0.0000001. By inspection
of the force signals it can be concluded that the results of this analytical formulation are
accurate for straight fluted cutters.
7.4.2 Comparison with a Numerical Solution for Helical Endmills
Tlusty (1985, 2000) has presented a numerical model, based on the method proposed
by DeVor and Kline (1980) and Kline et al. (1982), in which the cutter is broken up into
infinitesimal slabs axially. The effects of each slab are numerically integrated to obtain the
complete force. Tlusty’s (2000) algorithm was used to generate the numerical results for
helical mills displayed in this section.
Figure 7-6 shows a comparison of the numerical solution and the proposed analytical
solution for a 30 helix cutter for 75% radial immersion, with the cut starting with h = 0.
The results agree very closely.
The residuals are plotted in Fig. 7-7 which shows that the difference between the
numerical and analytical solutions is negligible. This is a representative result.
Tlusty (1985, 2000) has published such plots for different combinations of radial
immersion and up/down-milling. Those numerical results are reproduced in Fig. 7-8 using
98
![Page 99: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
the analytical solutions of this chapter. These plots verify the correctness of the analytical
solution for a 30 helix angle.
When slotting with four teeth, the total tooth engagement angle is 180 and half the
cutter is always engaged. This implies that two flutes are always immersed in the cut. If
they are equispaced, the lag of corresponding points on successive teeth is 90. Therefore,
the total contribution of the two teeth to the chip thickness is constant. The total axial
engagement of the teeth that are in contact with the chip also remains constant. It
is expected that the total force in the plane[√
F 2x + F 2
y
]has a constant magnitude,
independent of the helix angle. Therefore, full immersion slotting, with a 4-fluted cutter,
forms a good test to examine the accuracy of the current formulation. The last plots
in Fig. 7-8 show the results of slot milling with a cutter having 30 helix angle and 4
equispaced teeth. The analytical solutions show the expected constant force magnitude.
7.5 Experimental Determination of Model Input Parameters
The model input parameters are experimentally determined using a partial immersion
experiment. The experimental method is the same as described in chapter 5 except for the
details.
Figure 7-9 shows the experimental set-up. Cutting coefficients were extracted for
dry machining the aluminum alloy 6061-T6 using a 50% radial immersion experiment. A
Kennametal solid carbide endmill, style HPF37A, with titanium diboride coating, having
45 helix, 12.7 mm diameter, and 3 flutes, was used. A Schunk TRIBOSr polygonal
clamping toolholder was employed to minimize runout. Spindle adaption was hollow
shank, taper and face contact HSK-63A. Upon clamping the tool in the spindle, no runout
was measurable when the endmill was indicated using a dial gage having a least count of
2.5 µm (0.0001”), which means that the theoretical formulation that assumes zero runout
can be experimentally verified. Other experimental conditions were the same as those used
for the experiment described in chapter 5. Figure 7-9 also shows a snapshot of a set of
recorded force signals.
99
![Page 100: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
For fixed levels of cutting speed and axial depth of cut, the averaged mean instantaneous
chip thickness, hm, is the only independent variable, for any given value of radial
immersion. The fixed conditions of the experiments are given in Table 7-2. A reasonably
large spectrum of hm is swept in the 50% radial immersion experiment. This value
was chosen merely for convenience. Any partial immersion experiment will do, so long
as the feed rate is varied enough to capture the desired range of hm over which the
coefficients need to be estimated. One of the features of this model is that a full immersion
experiment is not required to estimate the cutting coefficients. Gradisek et al. (2004) have
shown that the cutting coefficients are insensitive to the milling configuration, being the
same for up milling, down milling, and mixed mode milling. Using coefficients extracted
based on down milling experiments, force predictions have been made for down milling,
up milling, and mixed mode (> 50% radial immersion), and experimentally verified in a
forthcoming section.
Equations 7–11 and 7–20 indicate that the cutting coefficients in the plane (Ktc
and Knc) are possibly correlated. The axial force and the axial cutting coefficient are
independent. In considering the uncertainties associated with the predictions of Fx and
Fy, the variances, as well as the covariances associated with Ktc and Knc need to be
considered, i.e., it is a multi response, multivariate problem. In predicting the axial force
component, the variance associated with Kac suffices, i.e., it is a univariate problem.
The 50% radial immersion experiments were conducted at eight different feed rates,
equispaced within the range 0.025 - 0.200 mm/tooth. Time traces of force components
were recorded, and average force values, (fx, fy, fz), were computed. At each feed rate,
the experiment was repeated five times. Forces were averaged over one rotation, on a
per tooth basis. To control the variability, the average was taken over 100 successive
rotations. Values of cutting coefficients, corresponding to each feed rate, were derived
using Eq. 7–20. Thus, eight sets of five data points each were collected to fit a linear
model Eq. 7–16. Two parameters (slope and intercept) were fitted to 40 points, yielding
100
![Page 101: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
38 degrees of freedom for the regression (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994, pp.9) for the standard
uncertainties associated with each of the four cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc.
The cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc of Eq. 7–16 may be obtained using multi
response linear regression, whereas the cutting constants Γac and Ψac can be obtained
using simple linear regression. For the multi response linear regression, Zellner’s (1962)
method of estimating the multiple response parameters (the two-stage Aitken estimators),
and the variance covariance matrix (the moment matrix) of these estimators was used,
following the same method as outlined in chapter 5. The linear regression lines are plotted
in Fig. 7-10. The estimated cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc are given in Table 7-3. A
linear fit was not found suitable for the axial cutting constants (R2 = 0.144 in linear
regression). The mean value of Kac = 395.7 N/mm2 was fitted, resulting in the values
Γac = ln(395.7) = 5.981 and Ψac = 0.
Thus, for any particular value of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm (expressed in
[mm]), the nominal values of cutting coefficients obtained experimentally are
Ktc = eΓtc(hm)Ψtc = 366.8(hm)−0.4906 [N/mm2] (7–25)
Knc = eΓnc(hm)Ψnc = 137.6(hm)−0.6339 [N/mm2] (7–26)
Kac = 395.7 [N/mm2] (7–27)
7.6 Variances of Model Input Parameters
The method of assessing the variances of model input parameters, which has been
discussed in chapter 5, applies here. In this case there are two sources of uncertainty.
The first is the random effects of the variation of workpiece material properties, tool chip
interface friction coefficients, etc., on the cutting constants. This effect is evaluated using
a Type A analysis. The second source is the systematic effect of the force measuring
instrumentation chain which is evaluated using a Type B1 analysis. The runout is
not considered in this version of the model, though it was measured (and found to be
nominally zero on the experimental set-up).
101
![Page 102: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Based on a Type A evaluation, the variances and covariances of the cutting constants,
Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc, due to random effects, are obtained from the regression analysis described
in the previous section, and are given in Table 7-4. The diagonal elements are the
variances, and the off-diagonal elements are the respective covariances. Additionally,
the variance of the independent cutting constant, Γac, due to random effects, was found to
be 0.00247562.
Systematic effects in the measurement process are assessed using a Type B1 analysis
in the same manner as in chapter 5, except for differences in the details. Equation 7–20
yields the following sensitivity coefficients for use in propagation of the uncertainty in
average force measurements to the uncertainties in cutting coefficients
stx
sty
snx
sny
saz
=
∂Ktc/∂F x
∂Ktc/∂F y
∂Knc/∂F x
∂Knc/∂F y
∂Kac/∂F z
=2π
fT
I1/(I21 + I2
2 )
I2/(I21 + I2
2 )
I2/(I21 + I2
2 )
−I1/(I21 + I2
2 )
1/(DI3)
(7–28)
Using the above sensitivities the variances of cutting coefficients, due to the
systematic effects, can be obtained
u2(ktc)
u2(knc)
u2(kac)
=
s2tx s2
ty 0
s2nx s2
ny 0
0 0 s2az
u2(fx)
u2(fy)
u2(fz)
(7–29)
The values of u(fx,y,z) in the Eq. 7–29 above are set at 1.207% of the nominal values
of the average force components based on the instrument manufacturer’s estimates as
explained in detail in chapter 5. For simplicity, any possible correlation between Ktc and
Knc from measurement channel cross talk is neglected, i.e., u(ktc, knc) is set to zero.
102
![Page 103: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
7.7 Propagation of Input Parameter Uncertainties Through the Force Model
Sensitivities of force components with respect to the cutting constants are required
to propagate the Type A uncertainties in cutting constants through the force model.
Sensitivities of cutting force components with respect to the cutting coefficients are
required for propagation of the Type B1 uncertainties through the force model.
7.7.1 Propagation of Type A Uncertainties
The sensitivities with respect to the cutting constants are found by using Eq. 7–11
together with Eq. 7–16
s11
s12
s13
s14
s21
s22
s23
s24
s35
s36
=
∂Fx/∂Γc
∂Fx/∂Ψtc
∂Fx/∂Γnc
∂Fx/∂Ψnc
∂Fy/∂Γtc
∂Fy/∂Ψtc
∂Fy/∂Γnc
∂Fy/∂Ψnc
∂Fz/∂Γac
∂Fz/∂Ψac
= fT
bξ1Ktc
bξ1Ktc ln hm
bξ2Knc
bξ2Knc ln hm
bξ2Ktc
bξ2Ktc ln hm
−bξ1Knc
−bξ1Knc ln hm
Dξ3Kac
Dξ3Kac ln hm
(7–30)
where the cutting coefficients are parameterized in the cutting constants according to Eq.
7–16.
These sensitivities are expressed in terms of the cutting coefficients in the above
equation because the expressions remain compact when written in this manner. They are
functions of the angular position of the pth tooth, θp.
The variances of cutting constants due to random effects, available from the Type A
evaluation, may be propagated to the predicted forces using Eq. 7–11 and the sensitivities
expressed in Eq. 7–30 to yield the combined uncertainties ucA(fx,y,z) of predicted forces for
103
![Page 104: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
a single tooth by applying Eq. 6–3
u2cA
(fx)
u2cA
(fy)
u2cA
(fz)
=
s211 s2
12 s213 s2
14 0 0
s221 s2
22 s223 s2
24 0 0
0 0 0 0 s235 s2
36
u2 (γtc)
u2 (ψtc)
u2 (γnc)
u2 (ψnc)
u2 (γac)
u2 (ψac)
︸ ︷︷ ︸estimated variances
+2
s11s12 s11s13 s11s14 s12s13 s12s14 s13s14 0
s21s22 s21s23 s21s24 s22s23 s22s24 s23s24 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 s35s36
×
u (γtc, ψtc)
u (γtc, γnc)
u (γtc, ψnc)
u (ψtc, γnc)
u (ψtc, ψnc)
u (γnc, ψtc)
u (γac, ψac)
︸ ︷︷ ︸estimated covariances
(7–31)
where lowercase γtc,nc,ac and ψtc,nc,ac are input estimates for the values of input quantities
Γtc,nc,ac and Ψtc,nc,ac, respectively, and sij are the sensitivity coefficients evaluated at the
estimated parameters γtc,nc,ac and ψtc,nc,ac.
7.7.2 Propagation of Type B1 Uncertainties
The sensitivities with respect to the cutting coefficients are found using Eq. 7–11
sxKt
sxKn
syKt
syKn
szKa
=
∂Fx/∂Ktc
∂Fx/∂Knc
∂Fy/∂Ktc
∂Fy/∂Knc
∂Fz/∂Kac
= fT
bξ1
bξ2
bξ2
−bξ1
Dξ3
(7–32)
104
![Page 105: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
The variances of cutting coefficients due to measurement uncertainties are available
from Eq. 7–29 based on the Type B1 evaluation. These uncertainties may be propagated
to the predicted forces using Eq. 7–11 and the sensitivities expressed in Eq. 7–32 to yield
the combined uncertainties ucB1(fx,y,z) of predicted forces for a single tooth by applying
Eq. 6–3
u2cB1
(fx)
u2cB1
(fy)
u2cB1
(fz)
=
s2xKt s2
xKn 0
s2yKt s2
yKn 0
0 0 s2zKa
u2(ktc)
u2(knc)
u2(kac)
(7–33)
7.7.3 Expanded Uncertainty
In the Type A evaluation of the variances and covariances of the cutting constants
was carried out under the assumption of a normal distribution for the measurements and
their combined uncertainties. A sufficiently large number of experiments were conducted
to yield 43 degrees of freedom for each regression. This means that the degrees of freedom
for the standard uncertainties of the cutting constants are large enough to justify the
choice of the usual coverage factor of 2 for the expanded uncertainty for a 95% confidence
interval based on the Student’s t-distribution (Taylor and Kuyatt, 1994), i.e., κA = 2.
The Type B1 evaluation of the standard uncertainties of dynamometer force
measurements was carried out based on the manufacturer’s certificate under the
assumption of a normal distribution for the measurements and their combined uncertainties.
It is assumed that the manufacturer’s estimate is based on a sufficiently large number of
observations to justify the choice of the usual coverage factor of 2 for the expanded
uncertainty for a 95% confidence interval based on the Student’s t-distribution, i.e.,
κB1 = 2. For both the sources of uncertainty, the underlying distributions are normal.
The expanded uncertainty may be computed as the root sum of squares of the component
expanded uncertainties. The total expanded uncertainty is
U(f) =√
κ2Au2
cA(f) + κ2
B1u2
cB1(f) (7–34)
105
![Page 106: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
The predicted forces are
Predicted forces = Fx,y,z ± U(fx,y,z)
where Fx,y,z are calculated based on Eq. 7–11.
7.8 Force Prediction Results
Force predictions were made for the various combinations of radial immersion and
feed rates given in Table 7-5. Three different cutting configurations were tested namely,
down-milling, up-milling, and mixed mode milling (> 50% radial immersion). The cutting
speed and axial depth of cut were kept fixed Table 7-2.Figures (7-11 - 7-20) show the results of force predictions in which upper and lower
bounds of 95% confidence interval of predicted forces are displayed graphically, along with
the experimentally obtained signals, which verify the predictions. Reliable predictions
were obtained for various combinations of feed, radial immersion, and up or down milling
configurations. The high fidelity of the axial force component prediction indicates that
considering the axial force to be proportional to the projected axial area is justified. The
cutting coefficients, derived on the basis of down milling, sufficed for up milling and mixed
mode predictions, as anticipated in Gradisek et al. (2004).
In general, the predictions were found to be quite reliable. However, certain
deficiencies are noticeable. The peak forces are not predicted very well in quite a few
of the cases. The model overpredicts the peak forces. For high immersion case (such as
75%RI), the experimental signals are somewhat skewed with respect to the predicted force
patterns. These deficiencies of the model are addressed in chapter 10 where a modification
is proposed which corrects these shortcomings.
7.9 Properties of the Analytical Force Model
In this section some of the mathematical properties of the analytical solution are
discussed. The two variants of the model, one based on the Heaviside step function model,
and the other based on the Fourier series solution, are compared and contrasted.
106
![Page 107: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
7.9.1 Gibbs-Wilbraham Distortion
The functions θL and θT have jump discontinuities Fig. 3-3. Therefore, the
Gibbs-Wilbraham phenomenon affects the Fourier reconstruction (Gibbs, 1898, 1899)
of these functions. The partial Fourier sums do not converge to the function values.
At the point of discontinuity, the convergence is to the midpoint of the jump, but the
reconstructed function oscillates wildly in the neighborhood of the jump discontinuity.
Taking a large number of terms to form the partial Fourier sum drives the oscillations very
close to the jump discontinuities. The oscillations do not vanish, no matter how many
terms are summed. In the neighborhood of the jump discontinuity, they overshoot the
target by about 9% (Brandolini and Colzani, 1999), independent of the number of terms in
the partial Fourier sum. Thus, function values of reconstructed θL and θT are uncertain to
within 9% in the neighborhood of the jump discontinuities. The problem does not affect
the reconstruction of b as it has no jump discontinuities. For this reason, the computed
values of Fx and Fy are inaccurate in a small neighborhood of the jump discontinuities of
θL and θT .
Figure 7-21 shows the effects of increasing the number of terms in the partial Fourier
sums. Even though θL and θT oscillate, the impact on Fx, Fy, and Ftotal is seen to be
very small because the chip width goes to zero at the points where θL and θT oscillate.
In all the calculations of force that have been made by the authors, the smoothness of
Fx, Fy, and Ftotal was never observed to be significantly affected by the Gibbs-Wilbraham
phenomenon affecting θL and θT . Since the chip width always goes to zero at the point
of these jump discontinuities of θL and θT , this factor does not play a significant role in
practical implementation of the code.
7.9.2 Computer Implementation Issues
A discussion on the convergence of the analytical solution and the computational
burden is in order. This is especially so because the Fourier formulation consists of an
infinite series. The Heaviside formulation does not have any convergence issues while the
107
![Page 108: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
Fourier formulation does. In practice, the infinite trigonometric series is implemented in
the computer using a partial Fourier summation. The question of convergence is easily
settled by the user who specifies the tolerance within which the magnitudes of the force
needs to be computed. One way to do this would be to compute the residuals at every
point in the discretized computational domain. The Heaviside solution or the numerical
solution may be used to calculate the residuals. The number of terms in the partial sums
may be gradually increased in suitable steps until the average residual is within the user
specified tolerance. The operation is then terminated.
Figure 7-22 displays the convergence characteristics of the analytical Fourier solution,
including the processing time. Convergence is achieved with less than 400 terms in the
partial Fourier sum. The computational burden for the Heaviside method is comparatively
less due to the absence of series summation.
7.9.3 Relative Merits of the Two Variants
The Heaviside method is preferable when the objective is to minimize computational
time. In general, this may be the deciding factor. The Heaviside method also yields
the exact result as it has no truncation error. If only a crude estimate of the forces is
required, either method may be used. In any application, if the force expressions need
to be symbolically differentiated, the user must bear in mind that the derivative of the
Heaviside step function is the Dirac delta. At the discontinuity, the derivative is not
defined. However, the force has a derivative at that point. Therefore, in such an instance,
the Fourier formulation may be preferred. Integration does not pose difficulties in either of
these formulations.
The Heaviside step function is implemented in a variety of ways in software.
Some packages do not allot a function value at the discontinuity. Others provide an
average value of half at this point. The programmer must be aware how this affects the
computation.
108
![Page 109: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
For the zero helix case, the Fourier method is more robust. One may assign as small
a value to the helix angle as one pleases, provided it is non-zero, and the code functions.
The step function method will misbehave in some software packages for angles less than
a certain threshold very near zero, depending on how the code is written. The code
functions correctly for helix angles as small as 1 × 10−5 degree as seen in the example in
Fig. 7-5.
For applications requiring symbolic manipulations, the Heaviside method is
convenient and compact. If accuracy requirements are high, the Fourier method becomes
impractical because the number of terms to be manipulated is very large.
7.10 Chapter Summary
A single, analytical closed form expression has been derived for each of the three
components of the cutting force, in a fixed reference frame, for helical peripheral
milling. A key advantage of the method is that the algebra takes care of all the different
geometrical possibilities (Type I, Type II cutting, and Phases A, B, C) automatically.
Separate expressions are not required, and there is no need to keep track of the cutting
type or phase in computations. These single expressions will allow analysts to conveniently
use them in analytical or semi-analytical applications where symbolic manipulations
are required to be performed. An example of this is the derivation of the sensitivity
coefficients in the uncertainty analysis.
The results have been shown to be valid for the entire parameter space covering
helical as well as straight fluted peripheral milling, partial or full immersion cutting,
multiple teeth in the cut, as well as for up-milling, down-milling and slotting by
comparison with established numerical methods.
Experimental validation was performed by calibrating the model for the aluminum
alloy 6061-T6 using a 45 helix endmill. The fidelity of predictions was shown to be high.
In deriving the axial cutting force component, the projected axial chip area has been
considered, which leads to good predictions of the axial cutting force.
109
![Page 110: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
One of the features of the model is that the zero helix assumption is not required to
be invoked while extracting the cutting coefficients. Another feature is that a full slotting
cut is not necessary to extract the cutting coefficients. Any value of partial immersion
suffices. This can lead to savings in test material when cutting expensive workpiece
material, or using machines with limited spindle power.
In computer calculations, for the degenerate case of straight flute cutters, a very
small helix angle must be specified, as the expressions are not well behaved for zero helix
angle. However, analytically, it has been shown that the expressions reduce to the familiar
relationships for zero helix, showing that the formulation remains valid. Therefore, the
expressions may be used in applications involving analytic manipulations, such as finding
derivatives or integrals.
This is a rigid model which does not account for radial runout or the effects of tool
or workpiece deflections on the cutting force. The experimental verification was done
with an endmill having teeth with equal pitch (angular spacing), i.e., the three teeth
were spaced at 120 to each other. It was noted that the model overpredicts peak forces,
and does not predict the skewness of the force signals which are experimentally observed
especially in high immersion experiments. These deficiencies are addressed in chapter 10
where the model is modified. However, before making the modification, procedures for
incorporating the effects of differential tooth spacing and radial runout of successive teeth
are considered. Extensions of this model to include these two effects are included in the
next two chapters, respectively.
110
![Page 111: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
Table 7-1. Parameters in the numerical solution of Tlusty (1985, 2000)
Endmilldiameter
Helixangle
Feed pertooth
No. ofteeth
Cutting coefficientsKtc Knc
30 mm 30 0.10 mm 4 2000 N/mm2 0.3Ktc
Table 7-2. Experimental cutting conditions: dry machining of the aluminum alloy 6061-T6with a TiB2 coated solid carbide endmill
Endmill diameter Helix angle Cutting speed No. of teeth Axial depth of cut
12.7 mm 45 240 m/min 3 4 mm
Table 7-3. Mean values of estimated cutting constants for cutting conditions of Table 7-2
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc
Estimated parameters: 5.905 − 0.4905 4.925 − 0.6336Goodness of fit: Adj. R2 = 0.981 Adj. R2 = 0.992
Table 7-4. Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 7-2
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc
Γtc 0.00100886 0.00033512 -0.00000994 -0.00000330Ψtc 0.00011722 -0.00000330 -0.00000115Γnc 0.00068626 0.00022796Ψnc 0.00007974
111
![Page 112: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Table 7-5. Summary of experimental conditions used for verification of force predictions,with the cutting conditions of Table 7-2 held constant
Resultsdisplayed in
Feed(mm/tooth)
Radialimmersion (%)
Up/down milling or mixed mode(> 50% RI)
Figure 7-11 0.050 25 Down millingFigure 7-12 0.200 25 Down millingFigure 7-13 0.100 10 Down millingFigure 7-14 0.200 10 Down millingFigure 7-15 0.050 5 Down millingFigure 7-16 0.200 5 Down millingFigure 7-17 0.100 75 mixed mode, cut starts with h = 0Figure 7-18 0.200 75 mixed mode, cut starts with h = 0Figure 7-19 0.100 25 Up millingFigure 7-20 0.100 10 Up milling
dA
dA
b hm
Ω
feed
θd
f
a
dFa
dFt
ndF
Figure 7-1. Differential projected chip areas in helical peripheral milling: The differentialprojected frontal chip area, dAf , is related to the differential tangential forcecomponent, dFt, and the differential normal force component, dFn. Thedifferential projected axial chip area, dAa, is related to the differential axialforce component, dFa. The rake face chip area (the gray region which islabeled with b and hm) is not used in the model. A two fluted, right handedhelical endmill is illustrated.
112
![Page 113: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
a
λ
θ
b
pθLθTθθ
ζ= 0
ζ= b
ζ
development of
the uncut chip
development
of the helical
cutting edgeTθf sin
T
Lθf sinT
dζ
dAf
θf sin T
ζ
Figure 7-2. Differential element of the projected frontal chip area, dAf .
ΩD
pθ
Lθ
Tθ θ
feed
o/
θ
T
θ
dθ
h = f sin θ
dAa
D/2
chip
Figure 7-3. Differential element of the projected axial chip area, dAa.
113
![Page 114: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
−4
−2
0
Th
e in
teg
ral,
I
(m
m)
1
0
5
10
15
Th
e in
teg
ral,
I
(mm
)2
00.5
1
02
46
8
−1
−0.5
0
Radial immersionAxial depth of cut (mm)
Th
e in
teg
ral,
I3
Figure 7-4. Variation of the integrals described in Eq. 7–19 for down milling using a 45
helix angle. The sign of I1 changes in up milling, with I2 and I3 remaining thesame. The integrals are independent of endmill diameter.
114
![Page 115: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
0
1000
2000
F x (
N)
0
1000
2000
F y (
N)
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
(deg)pθ (deg)p θ
Figure 7-5. Verification of the analytical model for the degenerate case of straight flutedcutter using λ = 0.00000001 to simulate the zero helix case for asingle-toothed endmill. The conventional solution plots (dashed lines) wereobtained by using Eq. 7–24 whereas Eq. 7–11 was used for the currentanalytical solution plots (solid lines). Parameters used: D = 30 mm, fT = 0.10mm/tooth, a = 10 mm, RI = 25%, Kt = 2000 N/mm2, Kn = 0.30Kt.
115
![Page 116: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000T
ota
l Fo
rce
(N
)
Numerical solution
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
To
tal F
orc
e(N
)
Analytical solution (Fourier)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
Angular position of the pth
tooth, θp (deg.)
To
tal F
orc
e (
N)
Analytical solution (Heaviside)
a = 10 mm
a = 25 mm
a = 50 mm
Figure 7-6. Comparison of the closed form analytical solution with a numerical solutionpublished by Tlusty (1985, 2000) for a case of 0.75% RI, with h = 0 at theentry of the cut. Parameters used are given in Table 7-1. The total force inthe plane is displayed Ftotal =
√F 2
x + F 2y .
116
![Page 117: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
−0.5
0
0.5
Percent difference between analytical (Fourier) and numerical solution
Difference (%)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
−0.5
0
0.5
Percent difference between analytical (Heaviside) and numerical solution
Difference (%)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
−0.5
0
0.5
Percent difference between the analytical solutions (Fourier and Heaviside)
Angular position of the pth tooth, θ
p (deg.)
Difference (%)
Figure 7-7. Residuals showing the percentage difference between the analytical andnumerical solutions displayed in Fig. 7-6
117
![Page 118: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
0
2000
4000
Fourier solution
To
tal F
orc
e(N
) RI 0.25, Up milling
Heaviside solution
RI 0.25, Up milling
0
5000
10000RI 0.50, Up milling
To
tal F
orc
e(N
) RI 0.50, Up milling
0
5000
10000
To
tal F
orc
e(N
) RI 0.50, Down milling RI 0.50, Down milling
0
5000
10000
To
tal F
orc
e(N
)
RI 0.75
a = 10 mm
a = 25 mm
a = 50 mmRI 0.75
a = 10 mm
a = 25 mm
a = 50 mm
0 100 200 3000
5000
10000
To
tal F
orc
e(N
)
p (deg.)
Full immersion slotting
0 100 200 300
θp (deg.)
Full immersion slotting
θ
Figure 7-8. Analytical solutions for various conditions in helical peripheral milling.Parameters are given in Table 7-1. The results match closely with thenumerical solutions published by Tlusty (1985, 2000), with differences beingwithin 0.5%. The total force in the plane is shown Ftotal =
√F 2
x + F 2y .
118
![Page 119: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
Figure 7-9. Experimental set-up showing the diameter 12.7 mm, 3-fluted endmill with 45
helix held in a polygonal chuck with the black and white reflecting bandwrapped around it, the laser tachometer, and the workpiece mounted on thedynamometer. A screenshot of the LabViewr virtual instrument used torecord force data is also shown.
6
7
8
log
[K
tc (
N/m
m2
)]
Adj. R2
= 0.981
6
7
8
log
[K
nc (
N/m
m2
)]
Adj. R2 = 0.992
−4.5 −4 −3.5 −3 −2.5 −2
6
7
8
log [ h (mm)]−
m
log
[K
ac
(N
/mm
2)]
Linear regression fit unsuitable (R = 0.144);2
Constant mean value of fitted Kac
Figure 7-10. Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients, as a function of the averagedmean chip thickness, for the experimental conditions given in Table 7-2 using50% radial immersion. Experimental points are displayed as ♦.
119
![Page 120: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
−150
0
400
Fx (
N) Feed force
−150
0
400
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−150
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-11. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 25% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
−300
0
750
Fx (
N) Feed force
−300
0
750
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−300
0
750
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-12. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 25% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
120
![Page 121: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
−200
0
300
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
300
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−200
0
300
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-13. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 10% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
−300
0
400
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−300
0
400
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−300
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-14. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 10% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
121
![Page 122: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
−125
0
125
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−125
0
125
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−125
0
125
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-15. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 5% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
−250
0
225
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
225
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−250
0
225
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-16. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 5% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
122
![Page 123: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
−250
0
650
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
650
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−250
0
650
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-17. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 75% radialimmersion, cut begins with h = 0. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
−400
0
900
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−400
0
900
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−400
0
900
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-18. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 75% radialimmersion, cut begins with h = 0. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
123
![Page 124: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
−225
0
550
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−225
0
550
Fy (
N) Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−225
0
550
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-19. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 25% radialimmersion, up-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
−150
0
350
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
350
Fy (
N) Lateral force
0 90 180 270 360−150
0
350
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 7-20. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 10% radialimmersion, up-milling. Other conditions as in Table 7-2.
124
![Page 125: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
0
20
40
b (
mm
)
0
50
100
L
0
50
100
θ
(deg)
T
5000
6000
7000
To
tal F
orc
e (
N)
p
0
20
40
0
50
100
020406080
0 100 200 3005000
6000
7000
p
k =100 k = 500
0 100 200 300
0 100 200 3000 100 200 300
0 100 200 3000 100 200 300
θ (deg)θ (deg)
θ
(deg)
Figure 7-21. Gibbs-Wilbraham distortion effects. k is the number of terms in the partialFourier sum for b, θL, and θT . Distortion effects on θL and θT , close to thejump discontinuities, are observed to be fairly significant for k = 100.Propagation of the effect to the cutting force is negligible for all practicalpurposes because the chip width, b, vanishes at the points of the jumpdiscontinuities of θL and θT . The total force in the plane is shownFtotal =
√F 2
x + F 2y . There is no distortion effect on b as it does not have any
jump discontinuities.
125
![Page 126: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
)
k =5 average Residual =13.564 N
CPU time =0.85185 s
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
) k =10 average Residual = 4.4737 N
CPU time =1.1219 s
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
) k =50 average Residual =1.2373 N
CPU time =1.3235 s
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
) k =200 average Residual = 0.7627 N
CPU time =1.5984 s
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
) k =400 average Residual = 0.7162 N
CPU time =1.9425 s
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
1000
2000
3000
Fto
tal(N
)
θp
(deg.)
k =500 average Residual = 0.7086 N
CPU time =2.3484 s
Figure 7-22. Convergence and computational burden of the Analytical Fourier solution(dashed lines). The index ‘k’ refers to the number of terms in the partialFourier summation. Computation time includes computation of the numericalsolution (solid lines). A PC with a 1.6 MHz processor was used. Thecomputations refer to the case of a = 10, RI = 0.75, h = 0 at the entry of thecut, with other parameters listed in Table 7-1. The total force in the plane isshown Ftotal =
√F 2
x + F 2y .
126
![Page 127: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
CHAPTER 8EFFECTS OF DIFFERENTIAL TOOTH PITCH ON THE HELICAL FORCE MODEL
In this chapter, the instantaneous rigid force model for helical endmilling is extended
to include the effects of differential tooth pitch. It was noted in chapter 1 that several
authors have reported on the use of differential pitch cutters for mitigating chatter and
reducing dimensional surface errors (e.g. Slavicek, 1965; Vanherck, 1967; Tlusty et al.,
1983; Shirase and Altintas, 1996). The extension of the helical force model of chapter 7 to
cover differential pitch effects is very straightforward, merely requiring the computation of
the effective feed for each individual tooth, and the phase angle at which each tooth enters
the cut. This information is applied in Eq. 7–15 to obtain the results. The calibration of
the model follows exactly the same procedure as in chapter 7. In the experimental set-up
used for model calibration, the dial indicator having a resolution of 2.5 µm (0.0001”) could
not resolve the runout. Hence, the effects of runout were not required to be considered.
Runout effects, if any, could be treated using the method to be described in the next
chapter, which is similar to the procedure outlined in chapter 4.
A note on the commercial availability of differential pitch cutters is in order. Face
mills with indexable inserts are commonly manufactured with unequal pitch (e.g., the
series 2J6B, 2J4B, and 2J2B of Ingersoll make, series 8000 VA19 of Stellram make,
and series 245, and 490 of Sandvik Coromant make, etc.). On the other hand, solid
endmills with differential pitch are less common, though their availability is improving
(e.g. the HPHV and HPHVT series of Kennametal make, the Plura series of Sandvik
Coromant make; a four fluted endmill of Futura Carbide SRL, Italy make, etc.). For the
experimental results reported in this chapter, a differential pitch endmill of Kennametal
make was used (details in Table 8-1). These were the same tools using which Powell
(2008) reported the results of a time domain simulation of stability boundaries using
variable pitch endmills.
127
![Page 128: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
A note on the terminology is warranted. ‘Differential pitch’, ‘unequal tooth spacing’,
and ‘variable pitch’ are three terms that are used synonymously in this document to refer
to the unequal angular separation of successive teeth. Figure 8-1 shows an example of
differential tooth pitch.
8.1 Formulation for Differential Pitch Effects on Force Components
To use the multiple tooth formulation Eq. 7–15, the effective feed per tooth, fTi,
and the phase shift, for each tooth entry, χi, are required. Let fr denote the linear feed
per revolution of the cutter. For the 4-fluted cutter used in the experiments, the tooth
pitch spacing was 97-83-97-83, resulting in the effective feeds for the four teeth being
fT1 = (97/360)fr, fT2 = (83/360)fr, fT3 = (97/360)fr, and fT4 = (83/360)fr, respectively.
The respective pitch angles follow the angular separation pattern. This information is used
in Eq. 7–15, along with the details of the cutter geometry and cutting parameters listed in
Table 8-1, to yield the predicted cutting forces after experimental model calibration.
8.2 Experimental Model Calibration
The experimental set-up was the same as that in the experiment of chapter 7, except
that the endmill and toolholder were different (Table 8-1). A 10% partial radial immersion
test was used to extract cutting coefficients.
Experiments were conducted at nine different feed rates, within the range 0.025 -
0.250 mm/tooth, the time traces of force components were recorded, and average force
values, (fx, f y, f z), were computed. At each feed rate, the experiment was repeated
5 times. Forces were averaged over one rotation on a per tooth basis. To reduce the
variability, the average was taken for 50 successive rotations. Values of Ktc, Knc, and
Kac, corresponding to each feed rate, were derived using Eq. 7–20. Thus, nine sets of five
data points each were collected for fitting a linear model according to Eq. 7–16. Two
parameters (slope and intercept) were fitted to 45 points, yielding 43 degrees of freedom
for each regression. The cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc of Eq. 7–16 were obtained using
Zellner’s (1962) multi response linear regression, whereas the cutting constants Γac and
128
![Page 129: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Ψac were obtained using simple linear regression. The fitted regression lines are displayed
in Fig. 8-2.
Based on the regression, the estimated cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc are
calculated and given in Table 8-2. A linear fit was not found suitable for the axial
cutting constants (small values of R2 in linear regression). The mean value of Kac was
fitted. Thus, for any particular value of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm (expressed
in [mm]), the nominal values of cutting coefficients obtained experimentally are
Ktc = 518.0(hm)−0.3375 [N/mm2] (8–1)
Knc = 289.7(hm)−0.3905 [N/mm2] (8–2)
Kac = 379.5 [N/mm2] (8–3)
The variance-covariance matrix for the cutting constants, Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc, obtained
using Zellner’s (1962) method are given in Table 8-3. The variance of the independent
cutting constant Γac was found to be 0.03940389. Thus, the variances of model input
parameters, due to random effects, are available for the Type A uncertainty evaluation.
For the Type B1 evaluation of uncertainty, for the variances of cutting coefficients
due to systematic effects, the procedure outlined in chapter 7 holds good. Since there is no
runout, the Type B2 evaluation for variances of effective feed is not required.
The propagation of uncertainties in model input parameters follows on the same
lines as in chapter 7. A sufficiently large number of experiments allows the choice
of κA1 = 2 as the expanded uncertainty coverage factor for the combined Type A
component uncertainties for a 95% confidence interval. The underlying approximate
normal assumption for the force measurement uncertainties allows the choice of coverage
factor κB1 = 2 as the expanded uncertainty coverage factor for the combined Type A
component uncertainties for the 95% confidence interval. The root sum of squares method
is used to calculate the overall expanded uncertainty.
129
![Page 130: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
8.3 Force Prediction Results
Figures (8-3) - (8-6) show the results of force predictions for the differential pitch
endmill. Upper and lower bounds of 95% confidence interval of predicted forces are
displayed graphically, along with the experimentally obtained signals, which verify the
predictions.
Reliable predictions were obtained for various combinations of feed, radial immersion,
and up or down milling configurations given in Table 8-4. The deficiencies of the model
which were highlighted in the previous chapter, still hold, i.e., in some cases, the peak
forces are over predicted. The cutting coefficients, derived on the basis of down milling,
sufficed for up milling and mixed mode predictions. The differential pitch gives rise to
a phasing of the forces according to the angular position of the tooth. The resulting
variations in feed per tooth gives rise to variations in the amplitude of the forces from
tooth to tooth.
8.4 Chapter Summary
The helical force model was calibrated for a differential pitch cutter following the
same method as in chapter 7. The effects of differential tooth spacing were incorporated
in a straightforward manner using the appropriate values of the effective feed, and the
phase angle of tooth entry, for each individual tooth. The procedure for propagation of
uncertainties in model input parameters through the force model is the same as in chapter
7. The force predictions were experimentally verified. The helical force model is further
extended to include the effects of radial runout of successive teeth in the next chapter.
130
![Page 131: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Table 8-1. Experimental conditions: dry cutting of aluminum alloy 6061-T6; Kennametalmake uncoated solid carbide endmill having differential pitch (97-83-97-83);Schunk make hydrogrip chuck
Endmill diameter Helix angle Cutting speed No. of teeth Axial depth of cut
19.05 mm 30 250 m/min 4 4 mm
Table 8-2. Mean values of estimated cutting constants for cutting conditions of Table 8-1
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc Γac Ψac
6.250 −0.3375 5.669 −0.3905 5.939 0.000
Table 8-3. Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 8-1
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc
Γtc 0.00039685 0.00011114 0.00091285 0.00025564Ψtc 0.00003239 0.00025564 0.00007451Γnc 0.00340083 0.00095239Ψnc 0.00027760
Table 8-4. Summary of experimental conditions used for verification of force predictionswith radial runout, holding the cutting conditions of Table 8-1 fixed
Resultsdisplayed in
Feed(mm/tooth)
Radialimmersion (%)
Up/down milling or mixedmode (> 50% RI)
Figure 8-3 0.200 5 Down millingFigure 8-4 0.100 20 Down millingFigure 8-5 0.100 25 Up millingFigure 8-6 0.050 50 Up milling
131
![Page 132: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
97
97 83
83oo
oo
Figure 8-1. Example of differential tooth pitch, also called unequal tooth spacing, orvariable pitch. The specific tooth spacing shown (97-83-97-83) belongs tothe cutter used in the experiments whose results are reported in this chapter.
5
6
7
8
9
ln [
Ktc
(N
/mm
2)]
Adj. R2 = 0.987
5
6
7
8
9
ln [
Kn
c (
N/m
m2
)]
Adj. R2
= 0.927
5 −4.5 −4 −3.5 −3 −2.55
6
7
8
9
ln [h−
m]
ln [
Ka
c (
N/m
m2
)]
Linear regression fit unsuitable (R =0.047);2
Constant mean value of K fittedac
Figure 8-2. Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients, as a function of the averagedmean chip thickness, for dry milling of 6061-T6 aluminum alloy, using adifferential pitch, 4-fluted, 30 helix, solid carbide endmill having zero nominalrunout. Experimental points are denoted by “M”.
132
![Page 133: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
−350
0
450
Fx (
N) Feed force
−350
0
450F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−350
0
450
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 8-3. Differential pitch effects. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: 4-fluted, 30
helix cutter with 97-83-97-83 tooth spacing resulting in amplitude andphase variations of forces from tooth to tooth; feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 5% radialimmersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 8-1.
−250
0
600
Fx (
N) Feed force
−250
0
600
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 8-4. Differential pitch effects. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: 4-fluted, 30
helix cutter with 97-83-97-83 tooth spacing resulting in amplitude andphase variations of forces from tooth to tooth; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 20%radial immersion, down-milling. Other conditions as in Table 8-1.
133
![Page 134: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
−200
0
650
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
650F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
650
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 8-5. Differential pitch effects: Predicted vs. experimental force signals: 4-fluted, 30
helix cutter with 97-83-97-83 tooth spacing resulting in amplitude andphase variations of forces from tooth to tooth; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 25%radial immersion, up-milling. Other conditions as in Table 8-1.
−200
0
400
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
400
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 8-6. Differential pitch effects: Predicted vs. experimental force signals: 4-fluted, 30
helix cutter with 97-83-97-83 tooth spacing resulting in amplitude andphase variations of forces from tooth to tooth; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 50%radial immersion, up-milling. Other conditions as in Table 8-1.
134
![Page 135: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
CHAPTER 9EFFECTS OF RADIAL RUNOUT ON THE HELICAL FORCE MODEL
In this chapter, the instantaneous rigid force model is extended to include the effects
of radial runout of successive teeth. The accuracy of toolholding and spindle mounting
in modern machine tools has improved tremendously in recent years, especially with
the advent of advanced toolholding methods such as polygonal chucks and hydrogrip
chucks, coupled with precise spindle adaption, such as the HSK interface which provides
simultaneous taper and face butting for the toolholder when clamped in the spindle. The
precision ground solid endmills are manufactured to extremely close tolerances. As a
result, it is possible to hold the tool point runout to a very low value upon assembly of
the endmill in the holder and mounting on the machine spindle. On good setups, it is
easy to keep the radial runout down to just a few microns. Under practical conditions
on the shop floor, it is difficult to reduce the runout to zero. Such an effort would not be
economically justifiable for most situations. Therefore, it is necessary to include the effects
of tool runout for the force model to have practical value.
In chapter 1 it was mentioned that there are many force models available in the
literature which have successfully predicted forces with runout taken into consideration.
Here, the purpose is to provide a closed form analytical force model, which has a single
equation covering the entire cutter rotation, which will predict forces under conditions
of non-zero runout. A straightforward extension of the model proposed in chapter 7
achieves this objective by suitably calculating the effective feed for each individual tooth
to be applied to Eq. 7–15. An additional model input parameter is introduced, i.e., the
effective feed of each tooth, fTi, which is assessed by an actual measurement of the runout
upon tool assembly and mounting on the spindle. This input is affected by uncertainty of
the measured value of runout which is achieved using a measuring device such as a dial
indicator. This introduces the Type B2 evaluation of uncertainty in this input parameter.
The treatment is analogous to the case of the straight fluted model of chapter 4.
135
![Page 136: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
9.1 Formulation for the Effects of Runout on Force Components
The formulation of section 4.4 of chapter 4 applies. For simplicity, a two fluted
cutter is considered. All the four Eqs. 4–9 - 4–12 apply, with the terms having the same
meanings. The Eqs. 4–11 and 4–12 yield the effective feeds of the two teeth given the
measured value of radial runout, ρ, between these two teeth. For a cutter with more than
two teeth, the expressions for effective feed can be derived using similar arguments. These
effective feeds are used in Eq. 7–15 to yield the force components for a cutter with radial
runout.
9.2 Verification With a Numerical Solution
The results of the analytical solution are compared with the numerical solution of
Tlusty (1985, 2000) for a 2-fluted endmill with 10 µm runout. For a particular set of
parameters, the comparison is shown in Fig. 9-1. The difference between the two solutions
is less than 0.5%.
9.3 Experimental Model Calibration
The experimental set-up was the same as that in the experiment of chapter 7, except
that the endmill and toolholder were different (Table 9-1). Upon clamping the tool in the
spindle, the static radial runout was measured by indicating the endmills with a dial gage
having a least count of 2.5 µm (0.0001”). The nominal value of the measured runout was
10 µm. A 25% partial radial immersion test was used to extract cutting coefficients.
Experiments were conducted at nine different feed rates, within the range 0.025 -
0.250 mm/tooth, the time traces of force components were recorded, and average force
values, (fx, f y, f z), were computed. At each feed rate, the experiment was repeated
5 times. Forces were averaged over one rotation on a per tooth basis. To reduce the
variability, the average was taken for 50 successive rotations. Values of Ktc, Knc, and
Kac, corresponding to each feed rate, were derived using Eq. 7–20. Thus, nine sets of five
data points each were collected for fitting a linear model according to Eq. 7–16. Two
parameters (slope and intercept) were fitted to 45 points, yielding 43 degrees of freedom
136
![Page 137: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
for each regression. The cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc of Eq. 7–16 were obtained using
Zellner’s (1962) multi response linear regression, whereas the cutting constants Γac and
Ψac were obtained using simple linear regression. The fitted regression lines are displayed
in Fig. 9-2.
Based on the regression, the estimated cutting constants Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc are
calculated and given in Table 9-2. A linear fit was not found suitable for the axial
cutting constants (small values of R2 in linear regression). The mean value of Kac was
fitted. Thus, for any particular value of the averaged mean chip thickness, hm (expressed
in [mm]), the nominal values of cutting coefficients obtained experimentally are
Ktc = 375.4(hm)−0.4634 [N/mm2] (9–1)
Knc = 121.3(hm)−0.6666 [N/mm2] (9–2)
Kac = 428.5 [N/mm2] (9–3)
The variance-covariance matrix for the cutting constants, Γtc,nc and Ψtc,nc, obtained
using Zellner’s (1962) method are given in Table 9-3. The variance of the independent
cutting constant Γac was found to be 0.00678924. Thus, the variances of model input
parameters, due to random effects, are available for the Type A uncertainty evaluation.
For the Type B1 evaluation of uncertainty, for the variances of cutting coefficients
due to systematic effects, the procedure outlined in chapter 7 holds good. In addition,
the Type B2 evaluation has to be performed to extract the variances of the effective feed
due to uncertainty in the measured value of the radial runout. This analysis has been
performed in chapters 5 and 6 based on which the variances in the effective feeds of the
two teeth are given by Eqs. 6–7 and 6–8, and are noted below for ready reference
u2(fT1) = u2(fT2) =
(∂fT1,2
∂ρ
)2
u2(ρ) =
(0.0025√
3
)2
The propagation of Type A and Type B1 uncertainties through the force model
follow the same procedure as in chapter 7. The additional task here is the propagation
137
![Page 138: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
of the Type B2 uncertainties. The procedure is the same as that developed in chapter 6.
The sensitivities of the cutting forces to the effective feed rates are determined. These
sensitivities are used to propagate the uncertainties in the effective feed rates to yield the
combined component uncertainties (Type B2) of the predicted cutting force components.
The sensitivities of cutting force components with respect to the effective feeds are
found using Eq. 7–11
sxf
syf
szf
=
∂Fx/∂fT
∂Fy/∂fT
∂Fz/∂fT
=
bξ1 bξ2 0
bξ2 −bξ1 0
0 0 Dξ3
(1 + Ψtc)Ktc
(1 + Ψnc)Knc
Kac
(9–4)
The uncertainties in the effective feed rates of the ith tooth, as expressed in Eq. 6–7
and 6–8, may be propagated to the predicted forces using Eq. 7–11 and the sensitivities
expressed in Eq. 9–4 to yield the combined uncertainties ucB2(fx,y,z)
u2cB2
(fx)
u2cB2
(fy)
u2cB2
(fz)
= u2(fT )
[sxf ]2
[syf ]2
[szf ]2
(9–5)
where the subscript on fTiis dropped for convenience.
9.4 Force Prediction Results
Figures (9-3) - (9-15) show the results of force predictions for the 2-fluted, 45 helix,
cutter having a nominal radial runout of 10 µm. The forces are predicted reasonably well
for various combinations of feed, radial immersion, and up or down milling configurations
given in Table 9-4. However, the deficiency in the model shows up in several cases where
the peak forces are over predicted, and the experimental force patterns are skewed with
respect to the predicted patterns. The expected effect of the runout to feed ratio is clearly
observed. The larger this ratio, the larger is the variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
138
![Page 139: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
9.5 Chapter Summary
The effects of radial runout were incorporated into the closed form analytical force
model by calculating the effective feed for each tooth using the same procedure as was
adopted for the straight fluted force model. The general method of computing the
variances of model input parameters, and the propagation of uncertainties through the
model allow the placing of confidence intervals on force predictions in the same way as
described in earlier chapters. Experimental verification was provided for predicted forces.
For certain cases, especially with high radial immersions, the forces were over predicted by
the model, and the skewness in the experimental force signals was not well predicted. This
shortcoming of the force model was also observed in the results of the last two chapters.
Even so, the model developed in this chapter may be adequate for many applications
where an approximate estimate of the forces and the force patterns may suffice. In the
next chapter, the primary reason for this weakness of the model is discussed, and the
model is modified to rectify it of this defect.
139
![Page 140: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Table 9-1. Experimental cutting conditions: dry cutting of aluminum alloy 6061-T6; TiB2
coated solid carbide endmill (Kennametal catalog No. HPF45A750S2150)having two equispaced teeth; Polygonal chuck (Schunk catalog No. 203794)
Endmill diameter Helix angle Cutting speed No. of teeth Axial depth of cut
19.05 mm 45 250 m/min 2 4 mm
Table 9-2. Mean values of estimated cutting constants for cutting conditions of Table 9-1
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc Γac Ψac
5.928 −0.4634 4.799 −0.6666 6.060 0.000
Table 9-3. Symmetric variance-covariance matrix of cutting constants for experimentalconditions of Table 9-1
Γtc Ψtc Γnc Ψnc
Γtc 0.00037172 0.00011714 0.00017171 0.00005411Ψtc 0.00003885 0.00005411 0.00001795Γnc 0.00184500 0.00058139Ψnc 0.00019285
Table 9-4. Summary of experimental conditions used for verification of force predictionswith radial runout, holding the cutting conditions of Table 9-1 fixed
Resultsdisplayed in
Feed(mm/tooth)
Radialimmersion (%)
Up/down milling or mixed mode(> 50% RI)
Figure 9-3 0.100 5 Down millingFigure 9-4 0.100 5 Up millingFigure 9-5 0.100 10 Down millingFigure 9-6 0.200 10 Down millingFigure 9-7 0.050 20 Up millingFigure 9-8 0.050 50 Down millingFigure 9-9 0.100 50 Down millingFigure 9-10 0.025 50 Up millingFigure 9-11 0.050 75 mixed mode, cut ends with h = 0Figure 9-12 0.050 75 mixed mode, cut starts with h = 0Figure 9-13 0.050 100 SlottingFigure 9-14 0.100 100 SlottingFigure 9-15 0.200 100 Slotting
140
![Page 141: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
−500
0
500
1000
Fx
,y [
N]
Fx numericalFy numerical
0 90 180 270 360−500
0
500
1000
θp [deg]
Fx
,y [
N]
Fx analyticalFy analytical
Figure 9-1. Comparison of the closed form analytical solution with a numerical solutionpublished by Tlusty (1985, 2000) for a 2-fluted endmill with 10 µm runout,0.50% RI, down-milling, a = 4 mm, fT = 0.100 mm/tooth, D = 19.05 mm,λ = 45, Ktc = 2000 N/m2, Knc = 0.3Ktc. The total force in the plane isdisplayed Ftotal =
√F 2
x + F 2y .
141
![Page 142: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
5
6
7
8
9
ln [
Ktc
Adj. R2
= 0.992
5
6
7
8
9
ln [
Kn
c
Adj. R2
= 0.981
−4.5 −4 −3.5 −3 −2.5 −25
6
7
8
9
ln [ h ]−
m
ln [
Ka
c (N
/mm
)]
2
Linear regression fit unsuitable (R = 0.223);2
Constant mean value of K fittedac
(N
/mm
)]
(N
/mm
)]
22
Figure 9-2. Linear regression fitting of cutting coefficients, as a function of the averagedmean chip thickness, for dry milling of 6061-T6 aluminum alloy, using anequispaced tooth, 2-fluted, 45 helix, TiB2 coated, solid carbide endmill havinga nominal radial runout of 10 µm. Experimental points are denoted by “#”.
−200
0
300
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
300
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
300
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-3. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 5% radial immersion, downmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderaterunout to feed ratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth totooth.
142
![Page 143: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
−150
0
300
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
300
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
300
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-4. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 5% radial immersion, upmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderaterunout to feed ratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth totooth.
−250
0
400
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
400
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 9-5. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 10% radial immersion, downmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderaterunout to feed ratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth totooth.
143
![Page 144: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
−350
0
500
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−350
0
500F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−350
0
500
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-6. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 10% radial immersion, downmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Smallrunout to feed ratio (0.05) results in small variation in forces from tooth totooth.
−1500
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−1500
600
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 9-7. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helix cutter;feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 20% radial immersion, up milling. Nominal runout10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout to feed ratio (0.20)results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
144
![Page 145: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
−200
0
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
600F
y (N
)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 9-8. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, downmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Largerunout to feed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth totooth.
−250
0
700
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
700
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
700
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-9. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, downmilling. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderaterunout to feed ratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth totooth.
145
![Page 146: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
−1500
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−1500
600F
y (N
)Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 9-10. Runout effects: Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted,45 helix cutter; feed 0.025 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, up milling.Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout tofeed ratio (0.40) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−1500
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−1500
600
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 9-11. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 75% radial immersion, cutends with h = 0. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1.Large runout to feed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces fromtooth to tooth.
146
![Page 147: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
−150
0
500
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
500
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
500
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-12. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 75% radial immersion, cutstarts with h = 0. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1.Large runout to feed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces fromtooth to tooth.
−150
0
500
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
500
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
500
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-13. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersionslotting. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Largerunout to feed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth totooth.
147
![Page 148: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
−250
0
700
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
700
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
700
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-14. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersionslotting. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderaterunout to feed ratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from toothto tooth.
−500
0
1000
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−500
0
1000
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−500
0
1000
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 9-15. Radial runout effect. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced,2-fluted, 45 helix cutter; feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersionslotting. Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Smallrunout to feed ratio (0.05) results in small variation in forces from tooth totooth.
148
![Page 149: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
CHAPTER 10FORCE MODELING WITH INSTANTANEOUS CUTTING COEFFICIENTS
So far, all force predictions have been made using fixed values of the cutting
coefficients, Ktc,nc,ac, which were calculated based on an averaged mean chip thickness,
hm. The force predictions, thus obtained, have certain deficiencies, especially in the cases
of high radial immersion, where peak forces are overpredicted, and the skewed patterns
of the experimental forces are not well predicted by the theory. These defects in the force
model of chapter 7, which was based on average cutting coefficients, are addressed in
this chapter. Instantaneous cutting coefficients are used to refine the force model to yield
accurate force predictions.
10.1 Instantaneous Cutting Coefficients
It has been noted earlier that the cutting coefficients are not true constants but
depend on process parameters. Only the cutting constants are truly invariant. As the
tooth progresses through the cut, the instantaneous value of the mean chip thickness,
hm, evolves. So, it is expected that the cutting coefficients also change because they are
dependent on the instantaneous hm. The functional relation governing this dependence has
to be deduced.
Since the cutting constants are invariants, it is plausible that the relationship between
the instantaneous cutting coefficients and the instantaneous hm has the form K = eΓhΨm,
for fixed values of cutting speed, axial depth of cut, and other fixed cutting conditions
such as the type of cutting fluid being used. The values of the cutting constants,
Γtc,nc,ac and Ψtc,nc,ac, may be found using the average forces as outlined in chapter 7.
The underlying assumption is that the values of the cutting constants identified in this
manner can be used to calculate the instantaneous cutting coefficients. The validity of
this assumption will be tested by comparison of experimental force signals with predicted
forces based on the instantaneous cutting coefficients. The effect of considering the
dependence of Ktc,nc,ac on hm is studied in this chapter. The effects of radial runout are
149
![Page 150: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
also considered so that uncertainties of Type A, B1, and B2 are involved. The helical force
model is suitably modified.
The instantaneous cutting coefficients are functions of θp, and may be expressed
through the intermediate variables θL and θT using Eq. 3–17
Ktc = exp(Γtc)(fT ξh)Ψtc = exp(Γtc)
[fT sin
(θL + θT
2
)sinc
(θT − θL
2
)]Ψtc
(10–1)
Knc = exp(Γnc)(fT ξh)Ψnc = exp(Γnc)
[fT sin
(θL + θT
2
)sinc
(θT − θL
2
)]Ψnc
(10–2)
Kac = exp(Γac)(fT ξh)Ψac = exp(Γac)
[fT sin
(θL + θT
2
)sinc
(θT − θL
2
)]Ψac
(10–3)
where the sampling function (sinc) has been defined in Eq. 3–18.
The relation between instantaneous cutting coefficients and instantaneous cutting
force components may be obtained by inverting the cutting force Eq. 7–11 to yield
Ktc
Knc
Kac
=1
fT
ξ1/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)] ξ2/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)] 0
ξ2/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)] −ξ1/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)] 0
0 0 1/(Dξ3)
Fx
Fy
Fz
(10–4)
The above equation raises an interesting possibility. If the instantaneous forces
could be measured using a single experimental cut, the instantaneous values of the
cutting coefficients could be obtained. These values can be directly related to the
instantaneous hm to obtain the relation between the cutting coefficients and hm.
There are certain drawbacks of this scheme. First, the instantaneous forces cannot be
measured as accurately as average forces because the experimental force signals have
high frequency oscillations (wiggles) of small magnitude superimposed on them due to
measuring instrument dynamics. This effect is discussed in chapter 11. The wiggles do not
affect average force values appreciably. Second, the inverted matrix in Eq. 10–4 becomes
numerically ill conditioned for small values of hm.
150
![Page 151: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
10.2 Variances of Model Input Parameters
The variances of cutting constants, (obtained by the Type A evaluation) and the
effective feeds (obtained by the Type B2 evaluation) remain the same as in chapters
7 and 9 respectively. However, the variances of cutting coefficients (obtained using a
Type B1 evaluation) are no longer constant numbers, but are functions of θp because
the instantaneous forces, and the sensitivities of cutting coefficients to the instantaneous
forces, are functions of θp.
Equation 10–4 yields the following sensitivity coefficients for use in propagation of
the uncertainty in instantaneous force measurements to the uncertainties in instantaneous
cutting coefficients
stx
sty
snx
sny
saz
=
∂Ktc/∂Fx
∂Ktc/∂Fy
∂Knc/∂Fx
∂Knc/∂Fy
∂Kac/∂Fz
=1
fT
ξ1/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)]
ξ2/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)]
ξ2/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)]
−ξ1/[b(ξ21 + ξ2
2)]
1/(Dξ3)
(10–5)
Using the above sensitivities the variances of cutting coefficients, due to the
systematic effects, can be obtained
u2(ktc)
u2(knc)
u2(kac)
=
s2tx s2
ty 0
s2nx s2
ny 0
0 0 s2az
u2(fx)
u2(fy)
u2(fz)
(10–6)
which is analogous to Eq. 7–29 where the variances of average force components are
replaced by variances of instantaneous force components, u2(fx,y,z). The values of u(fx,y,z)
in the Eq. 10–6 above are set at 1.207% of the nominal values of the instantaneous force
components based on the instrument manufacturer’s estimates, as explained in detail
in chapter 5. For the sake of simplicity, any possible correlation between Ktc and Knc
151
![Page 152: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
from measurement channel cross talk is neglected, i.e., u(ktc, knc) is set to zero. Thus the
variances in cutting coefficients have been obtained using a Type B1 evaluation.
10.3 Propagation of Input Parameter Uncertainties Through the Force Model
The expressions for the sensitivity coefficients to be used in the propagation of input
parameter uncertainties turn out to be the same as those for the case of the average
cutting coefficients formulation Eqs.
The sensitivity coefficients having been obtained, the uncertainties in model input
parameters are propagated using Eqs. 7–31, 7–33, and 9–5 to obtain the combined
component uncertainties ucA(fx,y,z), ucB1
(fx,y,z), and ucB2(fx,y,z), respectively, where
the values of u2(ktc,nc,ac) obtained from Eq. 10–6 are to be used in Eq. 7–33, and
instantaneous cutting coefficients are to be used in all relevant expressions instead of
fixed values of Ktc,nc,ac.
10.4 Force Prediction Results
Force predictions were made for several combinations of parameters as given in Table
10-1. The results are displayed in Figs. (10-1) - (10-13). Compared with the predictions
made under the same conditions in chapter 9, where the cutting coefficients had fixed
values based on the averaged mean chip thickness, the match with experimental results is
observed to be much closer using the instantaneous cutting coefficient model.
The deficiencies noted in the earlier model of chapters 7, 8, and 9 are rectified by
the use of instantaneous cutting coefficients. Noteworthy is the fact that magnitudes
of the forces, as well as the patterns are predicted accurately. The skewness of the
experimental forces in high immersion experiments is also successfully captured. A glaring
demonstration of this is provided by a comparison of the figures in this chapter with the
corresponding figures in the earlier chapter 9. Furthermore, in general, the experimental
force patterns lie within the 95% confidence interval bounds when the instantaneous
cutting coefficients are used. All these pieces of evidence strengthen the claim of the
correctness of the closed form analytical cutting force model.
152
![Page 153: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
10.5 Chapter Summary
The closed form analytical solution for cutting forces in helical peripheral milling
was augmented with the introduction of the instantaneous cutting coefficients. This
follows naturally from the realization that the mean chip thickness, hm, evolves as the
cutter rotates. Since the cutting coefficients depend on hm, it is important to capture
this variation to provide a closer representation of the physics of the problem than is
possible by using an average value of cutting coefficients based on the averaged mean chip
thickness, hm. At those points in the angular orientation of the cutter where hm > hm,
the actual values of Ktc,nc,ac drop down. Hence, the peak forces in the cycle are lower than
those predicted using the averaged values of Ktc,nc,ac, and vice versa. The variation of hm
also explains the skewness in the cutting force patterns.
The incorporation of the instantaneous Ktc,nc,ac in the force model was seen to be
straightforward due to the structure of the model, and so was the uncertainty analysis.
The choice of the model depends on the user. If very high accuracy of magnitude and
form are required of the force predictions, the instantaneous coefficient formulation may be
used. It was also seen that for high radial immersions, the instantaneous coefficient model
may be preferable. For most purposes, the averaged coefficient model of chapter 7 would
suffice.
153
![Page 154: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
Table 10-1. Summary of experimental conditions used to verify force predictions based oninstantaneous Ktc,nc,ac, with the conditions of Table 9-1 held fixed
Resultsdisplayed in
Feed(mm/tooth)
Radialimmersion (%)
Up/down milling or mixed mode(> 50% RI)
Figure 10-1 0.100 5 Down millingFigure 10-2 0.100 5 Up millingFigure 10-3 0.100 10 Down millingFigure 10-4 0.200 10 Down millingFigure 10-5 0.050 20 Up millingFigure 10-6 0.050 50 Down millingFigure 10-7 0.100 50 Down millingFigure 10-8 0.025 50 Up millingFigure 10-9 0.050 75 mixed mode, cut ends with h = 0Figure 10-10 0.050 75 mixed mode, cut starts with h = 0Figure 10-11 0.050 100 SlottingFigure 10-12 0.100 100 SlottingFigure 10-13 0.200 100 Slotting
154
![Page 155: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
−200
0
300
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
300
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
300
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-1. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 5% radial immersion, down milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderate runout to feedratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−150
0
300
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
300
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
300
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.Predicted lower 95% C.I.Experimental verification
Figure 10-2. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 5% radial immersion, up milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderate runout to feedratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
155
![Page 156: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
−250
0
400
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
400F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-3. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 10% radial immersion, down milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderate runout to feedratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−350
0
500
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−350
0
500
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−350
0
500
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-4. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 10% radial immersion, down milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Small runout to feed ratio(0.05) results in small variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
156
![Page 157: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
−150
0
450
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
450F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
450
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-5. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 20% radial immersion, up milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout to feed ratio(0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−200
0
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−200
0
600
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−200
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-6. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, down milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout to feed ratio(0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
157
![Page 158: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
−250
0
700
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
700F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
700
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-7. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, down milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderate runout to feedratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−150
0
400
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
400
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
400
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-8. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.025 mm/tooth, 50% radial immersion, up milling. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout to feed ratio(0.40) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
158
![Page 159: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
−150
0
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
600F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-9. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 75% radial immersion, cut ends with h = 0.Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout tofeed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−150
0
500
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
500
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
500
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-10. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 75% radial immersion, cut starts with h = 0.Nominal runout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout tofeed ratio (0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
159
![Page 160: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
−150
0
600
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−150
0
600F
y (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−150
0
600
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-11. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.050 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersion slotting. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Large runout to feed ratio(0.20) results in large variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
−250
0
700
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−250
0
700
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−250
0
700
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-12. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.100 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersion slotting. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Moderate runout to feedratio (0.10) results in moderate variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
160
![Page 161: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
−450
0
1000
Fx (
N)
Feed force
−450
0
1000
Fy (
N)
Lateral force
0 180 360 540 720−450
0
1000
θp (deg)
Fz (
N)
Axial force
Predicted upper 95% C.I.
Predicted lower 95% C.I.
Experimental verification
Figure 10-13. Predicted vs. experimental force signals: equispaced, 2-fluted, 45 helixcutter; feed 0.200 mm/tooth, 100% radial immersion slotting. Nominalrunout 10 µm. Other conditions as in Table 9-1. Small runout to feed ratio(0.05) results in small variation in forces from tooth to tooth.
161
![Page 162: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
CHAPTER 11DYNAMIC INFLUENCES IN FORCE MEASUREMENTS
Measurement of cutting forces using the measurement chain formed by the dynamometer,
cable, amplifier, and data acquisition card, was one of the most important aspects of this
research. The purpose of this chapter is to add certain qualitative comments on force
measurements using this measuring chain. This allows the reader to hold the experimental
force signals in proper perspective.
The ideal force measuring instrument (completely in-phase, unit magnitude response,
with infinite bandwidth) is not available. The dynamics of the force measuring chain
makes it hard to obtain clean force signals. The complete characterization of this
process demands a long and careful procedure (e.g. Castro et al. (2006); Tounsi and Otho
(2000)). In this chapter, the frequency response function (FRF) of the force measurement
chain is considered to examine the influencing dynamics. Experimental FRFs of the
force measurement chain are examined to make qualitative remarks on the fidelity of
experimental force measurements.
11.1 Description of the Force Measurement Chain
The force measuring chain consisted of a multicomponent (3-component) dynamometer
model 9257B, a cable model 1687B5, a charge amplifier model 5019, all of Kistler make,
and a 12-bit data acquisition card model 6062E of National Instruments make. This
dynamometer is based on quartz piezoelectric force sensors and is capable of measuring
forces in the range 5 − 5000 N with a work volume of 170 × 100 × 25 mm. The amplifier
has a built in low pass filter (1/5 to 1/3 of measured resonant frequency).
11.2 Frequency Response of the Force Measurement Chain
The impact testing method was used to obtain the FRFs shown in Fig. 11-1. An
instrumented piezoelectric impact hammer model 086C05, of PCB Piezotronics make, was
used to excite the dynamometer with an impact signal in each of the x, y, and z directions,
and the output force, obtained through the force measurement chain, was recorded.
162
![Page 163: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
Direct frequency response functions (real and imaginary parts) were obtained using
commercial software, brand name TXF, from Manufacturing Research Laboratories Inc.,
using standard procedures. These FRFs are shown in Fig. 11-1 in the form of real and
imaginary components. This data was converted to magnitude and phase components and
is shown in Fig. 11-2. When the part to be machined is mounted on the dynamometer,
the mass loading effect changes the frequency response function. Two artifacts were used
which were representative of the parts machined while calibrating and verifying the force
models. A lightweight aluminum artifact was clamped on the dynamometer to mimic the
parts used to calibrate the helical force model, and a heavy steel part was mounted which
had been used to calibrate the straight fluted force model. A visual inspection shows that
the FRFs are affected (Figs. 11-1 and 11-2).
To study the influence of the force measurement chain on the input forces, it is
convenient to consider the magnitude and phase of the FRFs in Fig. 11-2. It can be
seen that the magnitude the of FRFs is close to unity for frequencies below 1000 Hz,
but the FRF is not exactly flat in this range. Similarly, the phase is close to zero in this
range of frequencies, but the FRF is not flat. The frequency content of the input forces
in this range will be amplified according to the magnitude response, and will suffer a lag
according to the phase response.
To get a qualitative sense of these influences, the frequency content of a hypothetical
force signals with tooth passing frequency of 60 Hz is examined in Fig. 11-3. At the
integral multiples of the tooth passing frequency, the input signal has frequency content.
The effect of the non unit FRF magnitude at these frequencies will amplify the low power
content and distort the output signal. This also explains the appearance of high frequency
wiggles in the experimental force signals.
The effect of the non zero phase at the tooth passing frequencies and their harmonics
is to introduce a lag in the response of these frequencies. This will create an additional
distortion in the signal.
163
![Page 164: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Information available in the experimental FRFs could be used to correct the output
signals. For instance, the specific magnitudes of the FRF at the tooth passing frequencies
are known, so that their amplification factors are known. The effect of phase lag has to
be correctly accounted for. This correction, though mathematically feasible, is rendered
non-trivial by the fact that the FRF is itself a measured quantity.
Measurements introduce uncertainties. The uncertainty in the experimental FRF
creates a further difficulty because it is a bivariate problem. The FRF has a real part
and an imaginary part. So, the method of quantifying its uncertainty is specialized.
This quantification of uncertainties in experimental FRFs has been studied by Kim
and Schmitz (2007). These three factors, the magnitude response, phase response, and
uncertainties in measured values of the experimental FRFs are further complicated by the
realization that the FRF itself is not a constant. As the milling cutter removes material,
the part loses mass, and this changes the FRF constantly.
11.3 Chapter Summary
The influence of the dynamics of the force measurement chain was qualitatively
studied using experimental FRFs of the measurement chain. The non ideal frequency
response of the chain introduces spurious high frequency content in the measured signal.
The tooth passing frequencies and their harmonics are the main driving frequencies.
For state of the art high speed milling spindles, the rotational speeds range between
20,000 - 40,000 rpm. At a speed of 20,000 rpm, a four fluted endmill yields a fundamental
tooth passing frequency of 1332 Hz. This pushes at the bandwidth of the dynamometer
used in this research. So, at such speeds, the fidelity of force measurements using this
dynamometer needs to be closely examined.
For the experiments reported in this document, the maximum fundamental tooth
passing frequency was 300 Hz. At this frequency, the response of the chain is reasonably
flat, both, in magnitude and phase. However, the harmonics are distorted and give rise to
wiggles on the force signals. Qualitatively, the calibration of the force model is not affected
164
![Page 165: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
to any serious extent because the average force is used to compute the cutting coefficients.
The high frequency wiggles oscillate about the mean force signal. So, the averaging is
not affected to any significant extent. Model calibration is reliable and yields good force
predictions.
−30
−20
−10
0
10
20
Re
(FR
F),
[N
/N]
Bare dynamometer
0 2500 5000
−40
−30
−20
−10
0
10
frequency, [Hz]
Im(F
RF
), [
N/N
]
With aluminum artifact
0 2500 5000
frequency, [Hz]
With steel artifact
0 2500 5000
frequency, [Hz]
Figure 11-1. Direct Frequency Response Functions (FRFs) of the force measuring chainwith the dynamometer mounted on flanges, fixed on a mounting plate, andclamped to the machine table: In addition to the FRF of the baredynamometer, two other sets of FRF were recorded to show the influence ofthe mass loading due to the part being clamped on to the dynamometer whenit is being machined. The lightweight (0.4 kg) aluminum artifact isrepresentative of the machined parts used to verify the helical force model,whereas the heavy (1.8 kg) steel artifact was the part used to verify thestraight fluted force model.
165
![Page 166: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
0
10
20
30
40
Ma
gn
itu
de
, [N
/N]
Bare dynamometer
0 2500 5000−15
−10
−5
0
5
frequency, [Hz]
Ph
ase
, [ra
d]
0
10
20
30
With aluminum artifact
0 2500 5000−6
−4
−2
0
2
frequency, [Hz]
0
5
10
15
20
25
With steel artifact
0 2500 5000−8
−6
−4
−2
0
2
frequency, [Hz]
Figure 11-2. Direct FRFs of the force measuring chain showing magnitude and phaseobtained from the experimentally determined real and imaginary parts of theFRFs shown in Fig. 11-1.
166
![Page 167: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
0
5
10
15
20
FR
F m
ag
nit
ud
e, [
N/N
]
Magnitude of FRF with Steel artifact
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 50000
0.2
0.4
0.6
Po
we
r (a
rbit
rary
un
its)
Power spectrum: hypothetical input force, 60 Hz tooth passing freq.
0
5
frequency, [Hz]
Figure 11-3. Demonstration of the effect of non unit magnitude of the FRF at the pointswhere the input force signal has frequency content.
167
![Page 168: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
CHAPTER 12FUTURE WORK
In this dissertation, the analytical model is developed by considering the tool,
workpiece, and machine structure to be rigid. A flexible model needs to be developed
to include the effects of cutter and workpiece deflections. The use of this force model in
other applications such as stability analysis, surface location error, and surface profile error
needs to be explored. The model also needs to be applied to surface finish predictions.
12.1 Stability and Surface Location Problem Formulation
To motivate an application of this force model in stability and surface location
analysis, an example problem is now formulated. The Temporal Finite Element Method
(TFEA) is capable of solving for stability and surface location error simultaneously.
Previously, the problem was solved using straight fluted geometry (Bayly et al., 2003;
Mann, 2003; Mann et al., 2005). Recently, the effects of helical geometry have been
included in the TFEA model. The problem was solved for a compliant workpiece rigid
tool model in Patel et al. (2008), and a rigid workpiece compliant tool model in Mann
et al. (2008). The TFEA solution of the problem for a single degree of freedom (SDOF)
compliant structure can be obtained using standard procedure (Mann, 2003; Mann et al.,
2005). Using the helical force model of chapter 7, the problem is formulated completely
below for a future researcher to solve it by developing some efficient computational
technique.
Figure 12-1 illustrates the concept of dynamic chip thickness in peripheral milling. In
the ideal case, the (static) chip thickness is hs, in the absence of regeneration of waviness
of the machined surface. Based on the circular path approximation one may write
hs = fT sin θ (12–1)
Regeneration causes a dynamic component ∆h to be imposed on hs. Thus, the actual
chip thickness is
168
![Page 169: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
h = hs︸︷︷︸static
+ ∆h︸︷︷︸dynamic
(12–2)
The breakup of the dynamic chip thickness, ∆h, into its components ∆x and ∆y is
illustrated in Fig. 12-1.
If τ is the tooth passing period, then
∆x = x(t)− x(t− τ) (12–3)
∆y = y(t)− y(t− τ) (12–4)
where x and y are functions of time, t.
An expression for ∆h may be written based on the geometry displayed in Fig. 12-1
∆h = ∆x sin θ + ∆y cos θ (12–5)
Once the dynamic chip thickness is characterized, the force model is developed to
include its effects. The infinitesimal projected (frontal) area of the uncut chip, dAf , at an
arbitrary angular orientation, θ, is
dAf = (fT sin θ + ∆x sin θ + ∆y cos θ) dζ
The following transformation may be used to eliminate the intermediate variable ζ in the
above equation
dζ =b
(θT − θL)dθ
leading to the relation
dAf =b
(θT − θL)(fT sin θ + ∆x sin θ + ∆y cos θ) dθ (12–6)
where θL and θT are the angular orientations of the leading and trailing edges of the chip
in the tool-chip contact zone, and b is the instantaneous projected (frontal) axial depth of
cut.
169
![Page 170: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
Using the empirical proportional cutting force model, the tangential and normal
components of the differential force may be related to the tangential and normal linearized
cutting coefficients Ktc and Knc
dFt
dFn
= dAf
Ktc
Knc
(12–7)
The tangential and normal components of the cutting force, in the plane perpendicular
to the cutter axis, are converted to components dFx and dFy, where the non-rotating (x, y)
coordinate system has its origin on the cutter axis. The components are related via a
rotation matrix
dFx
dFy
=
dFtx + dFnx
dFty + dFny
=
cos θ sin θ
sin θ − cos θ
dFt
dFn
(12–8)
Integration yields the total forces on a single tooth
Fx =
∫dFx =
∫(cos θdFt + sin θdFn) (12–9)
Fy =
∫dFy =
∫(sin θdFt − cos θdFn) (12–10)
where the integrations are carried out over the appropriate limits. These limits are
explicitly shown in a subsequent step, after applying certain transformations.
Substituting from Eq. 12–7 into the above two equations recasts the force relationships
in terms of the elemental differential frontal chip area, dA
Fx
Fy
=
∫cos θdAf
∫sin θdAf
∫sin θdAf − ∫
cos θdAf
Ktc
Knc
(12–11)
A shorthand notation is introduced for convenience
S , sin θ and C , cos θ (12–12)
170
![Page 171: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Using the expression for dAf from Eq. 12–6, the two integrals∫
sin θdA =∫ SdAf
and∫
cos θdA =∫ CdAf may now be rewritten
∫SdAf =
b
(θT − θL)
[fT
∫S2dθ + ∆x
∫S2dθ + ∆y
∫SCdθ
](12–13)
∫CdAf =
b
(θT − θL)
[fT
∫SCdθ + ∆x
∫SCdθ + ∆y
∫S2dθ
](12–14)
Substituting from Eqs. 12–13 and (12–14) into Eq. 12–11 yields
Fx
Fy
=
FxS
FyS
︸ ︷︷ ︸static
+
FxD
FyD
︸ ︷︷ ︸dynamic
(12–15)
The static component of the force is
FxS
FyS
︸ ︷︷ ︸static
=bfT
(θT − θL)
FS11 FS12
FS21 FS22
Ktc
Knc
(12–16)
where
FS11 =
θT∫
θL
SCdθ (12–17)
FS12 =
θT∫
θL
S2θdθ (12–18)
FS21 =
θT∫
θL
S2θdθ (12–19)
FS22 =
θT∫
θL
−SCdθ (12–20)
171
![Page 172: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
The dynamic component of the force is
FxD
FyD
︸ ︷︷ ︸dynamic
=b
(θT − θL)
FD11 FD12
FD21 FD22
∆x
∆y
(12–21)
where
FD11 = Ktc
θT∫
θL
SCdθ + Knc
θT∫
θL
S2dθ (12–22)
FD12 = Ktc
θT∫
θL
C2dθ + Knc
θT∫
θL
SCdθ (12–23)
FD21 = Ktc
θT∫
θL
S2dθ −Knc
θT∫
θL
SCdθ (12–24)
FD22 = Ktc
θT∫
θL
SCdθ −Knc
θT∫
θL
S2dθ (12–25)
Consider the problem of modeling a peripheral milling process as a single degree
of freedom, linear-spring, mass, and viscous-damper system. Either the structure or the
tool may be considered compliant (Mann, 2003). Let the system be compliant in a single
direction and the x axis be aligned in this direction. For a cutter with a single tooth, Eq.
12–16 yields the static force component in the x direction
FxS1 =b
(θT − θL)[KtcFS11 + KncFS12] (12–26)
In computing the dynamic chip thickness, ∆y ≡ 0. The dynamic component of the
force Eq. 12–21 reduces to
FxD1 =b
(θT − θL)FD11∆x (12–27)
For such a system, a summation of forces yields the equation of motion
mxx(t) + cxx(t) + kxx(t) = FxS1 + FxD1 (12–28)
172
![Page 173: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
where the coefficients on the left hand side mx, cx, and kx have their usual meanings,
being the modal mass, viscous damping coefficient, and stiffness, respectively. Henceforth,
the suffix “x” will be dropped for simplicity, and these will be referred to as m, c, and k.
Based on (Mann, 2003, pp.17), the following observations may be made on the forcing
function in Eq. 12–28
• If the parametric excitation and the time-delayed relative displacement term, FxD1,were absent, the term FxS1 would provide periodic forcing resulting in a periodicsolution.
• The factor b(θT−θL)
FD11, in the dynamic forcing term FxD1, is a periodic coefficient ofthe dependent variable x.
• Stability is determined by the growth or decay of perturbations about the periodicmotion.
Equation 12–28 represents a time delayed differential system. It does not have a
closed form solution (Mann, 2003). Hence, temporal finite element analysis (TFEA) is
applied to obtain stability and surface placement information. The general procedure for
solution is given in Mann (2003) and Mann et al. (2005), and the reader is referred to
these publications for clarification of the notations that follow. The solution procedure is
also shown in the in the form of a flowchart in Fig. 12-2. Using this procedure the TFEA
solution is formulated as follows
N jpi
=
tj∫
0
[mφi(σj) + cφi(σj) +
k +
(b(σj)FD11(σj)
θT (σj)− θL(σj)
)φi(σj)
]ψp(σj)dσj (12–29)
P jpi
=
tj∫
0
[b(σj)FD11(σj)
[θT (σj)− θL(σj)]
]φi(σj)ψp(σj)dσj (12–30)
Cjp =
tj∫
0
−fT
[b(σj)FS11(σj)
θT (σj)− θL(σj)
]ψp(σj)dσj (12–31)
The dynamic forcing term appearing within the parenthesis in Eq. 12–29, and within
the brackets in Eq. 12–30, is evaluated using Eq. 12–22. The periodic (static) forcing term
173
![Page 174: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
appearing within the brackets in Eq. 12–31, is evaluated using Eq. 12–17. This completes
the formulation of the problem.
12.2 Augmented Force Model
The cutting coefficients Ktc, Knc and Kac characterize the forces due to the shearing
mechanism. In certain applications, such as micromilling, the ploughing forces can no
longer be neglected and their effects must be accounted for. The ploughing forces depend
on the length of the tool edge in contact with the chip. The associated edge coefficients
may be termed Kte, Kne and Kae. In this augmented model, the Eq. 7–1 becomes
dFt
dFn
dFa
=
KtcdAf
KncdAf
KacdAa
+
KtedS cos λ
KnedS cos λ
KaedS sin λ
(12–32)
where dS is the elemental edge length in the tool-chip contact zone. The expression for dS
is obtained by reference to Fig. 7-2
dS = dζ sec λ (12–33)
Following the same derivation procedure as in chapter 7, a result analogous to Eq.
7–11 can be obtained. Now, six coefficients have to be extracted experimentally using
three equations. Experiments can be conducted at two different values of radial immersion
to obtain a set of six linearly independent equations. The set of equations can be solved
for six coefficients. In this manner, the augmented force model can be developed.
174
![Page 175: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
fT
Ω
feed
workpiece
endmill
θ
nominal
surface
hs
∆h
∆x
∆yθ
h = hs + ∆h
actual
(wavy) surface
h θ
Figure 12-1. Dynamic chip thickness ∆h. The components of the dynamic chip thickness,∆x and ∆y, and their relation to ∆h, are shown in the geometricalconstruction. hs is the ideal (static) chip thickness in the absence ofregeneration of waviness of the machined surface. A case of up (conventional)milling is illustrated.
175
![Page 176: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
0 0 jt t t= +
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )2 4
2 1 3 : 2 1 4.. ..
2 1 1 : 2 1 4 i
j
p
j jw ith N
j j×
× − + × − +
× − + × − +
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )2 4
2 1 3 : 2 1 4.. ..
2 1 1 : 2 1 4 i
j
p
j jw ith P
j j×
× − + × − +
× − + × − +
:A
:B
Populate
Populate
1j j= +
j E=is ?
i
j
pN i
j
pP
Symbolic
i
j
pNi
j
pP
( )eval j ( )eval j
, , ,t nK K E RI
&Compute
store, ,c jt tτ
jt
Compute 1Q A B−= as a
function of &RPM ADOC
( )( )( )maxCM abs eig Q=Compute as a
function of &RPM ADOC
No
Yes
( )
( )
2 2
2 2
1: 2, 1: 2
1: 2, 2 1: 2 2
Populate A with I in rows cols
Populate B with in rows cols E E
×
×
Φ × + × +
( )& :2 2Initialize matrices A B size E
where E is the number of elements
× +
( )3E say=
E
,W b from loop
, ,m k c
( )&eval storeΦ
Φ
0
0
0
jSet
t
=
=
0t
Start
End1Plot contour CM =
on RPM vs ADOC axes
, 1
&
SDOF n
Loop over
RPM ADOC
=
Figure 12-2. Scheme for generation of stability contour using TFEA for a structure withSDOF compliance. The reader may refer to Mann (2003) or Mann et al.(2005) for clarification of the terminology.
176
![Page 177: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
CHAPTER 13CONCLUSION
A single, analytical closed form expression has been derived for each of the three
components of the cutting force, in a fixed coordinate frame, for helical peripheral
milling. A key advantage of the method is that the algebra takes care of all the different
geometrical possibilities (Type I, Type II cutting, and Phases A, B, C) automatically.
Separate expressions are not required, and there is no need to keep track of the cutting
type or phase in computations. These single expressions will allow analysts to conveniently
use them in analytical or semi-analytical applications where symbolic manipulations
are required to be performed. An example of this is the derivation of the sensitivity
coefficients in the uncertainty analysis.
The results have been shown to be valid for the entire parameter space covering
helical as well as straight fluted peripheral milling, partial or full immersion cutting,
multiple teeth in the cut, as well as for up-milling, down-milling and slotting by
comparison with established numerical methods. Experimental validation was performed
by calibrating the model for the aluminum alloy 6061-T6 using a 45 helix endmill. The
fidelity of predictions was shown to be high. In deriving the axial cutting force component,
the projected axial chip area has been considered. It was shown that this method leads to
good predictions of the axial cutting force.
One of the features of the model is that the zero helix assumption is not required to
be invoked while extracting the cutting coefficients. Another feature is that a full slotting
cut is not necessary to extract the cutting coefficients. Any value of partial immersion
suffices. This can lead to savings in test material when cutting expensive workpiece
material, or using machines with limited spindle power.
In computer calculations, for the degenerate case of straight fluted cutters, a very
small helix angle must be specified, as the expressions are not well behaved for zero
helix angle. However, analytically, it has been shown that the expressions reduce to
177
![Page 178: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
the familiar relationships for zero helix, showing that the formulation remains valid.
Therefore, the expressions may be used in applications involving analytic manipulations,
such as finding derivatives or integrals. A detailed analysis has been provided for the
propagation of uncertainties in the model input parameters through the force model. The
availability of single expressions for the force components permitted the derivation of
compact expressions for the sensitivities. As a result, the algebraic manipulations were
not unwieldy. The analytical method of uncertainty analysis has the advantage of easy
implementation and places low computational burden. Such a defensible uncertainty
statement accompanying the cutting force predictions is beneficial in practice. It enables
the process planner to decide the usefulness of model based force predictions in any
specific application. This demonstrates one of the advantages of the new closed form
analytical force model in applications.
Though some of the predictions made by the helical force model of chapter 7, using
average cutting coefficients, were only approximate, with the model over predicting peak
forces for certain situations such as high immersion milling, or failing to accurately predict
the skewness of the force components, the instantaneous cutting coefficient model of
chapter 10 was able to solve all these issues successfully. In most applications, the model
using average cutting coefficients would be adequate, but when very accurate prediction is
required, the instantaneous cutting coefficient model is available.
Remarks have been made regarding the future directions of work. Two problems
have been formulated for future research. One is a stability and surface location problem
using TFEA. The other is an augmented force model using edge coefficients in addition to
cutting coefficients.
178
![Page 179: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
APPENDIX AZELLNER’S REGRESSION
Following the method employed by Zellner (1962), the multi response model for
the simultaneous estimation of the cutting constants Γt,n and Ψt,n, of Eq. 4–13, may be
written as
Ki = Hiβi + εi i = t, n (A–1)
where ν is the number of experimental data sets, Ki is a ν × 1 vector of the (logarithms of
the) cutting coefficient responses, βi is a 2× 1 vector of unknown constant parameters (the
cutting constants), εi is a random error vector associated with the ith response, and
Ht = Hn =
[1
ν×1lnhν×1
](A–2)
wherelnh
is the vector of (the logarithms of) the average chip thickness at which the
responses are observed.
In matrix notation, the Eq. A–1 may be rewritten with H appearing in block
diagonal form:
lnKtν×1
lnKnν×1
︸ ︷︷ ︸K
=
Htν×2
0
0 Hnν×2
︸ ︷︷ ︸H
Γt
Ψt
Γn
Ψn
︸ ︷︷ ︸β
+
εtν×1
εnν×1
︸ ︷︷ ︸ε
(A–3)
Zellner (1962) has worked out an example in which he has shown how to estimate the
multiple response parameters the two-stage Aitken estimators and obtain the variance
covariance matrix the moment matrix of these estimators. That example is symbolically
reproduced here with suitable changes in notation. Rewriting Eq. A–3 in a simplified
manner, the system to be estimated may be represented as
Kt
Kn
=
Ht 0
0 Hn
βt
βn
+
εt
εn
(A–4)
179
![Page 180: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
First, the single-equation least squares estimates are obtained in the usual way. These
estimates are
βt =
βt0
βt1
=
Γt
Ψt
and βn =
βn0
βn1
=
Γn
Ψn
To obtain the disturbance covariance matrix, it is convenient to write
[Kt Kn
]=
[Ht Hn
]
βt 0
0 βn
+
[ut un
]
or K = HB + U
Then
UT U = (K −HB)T (K −HB) = KT K −BT HT HB
=
KTt Kt KT
t Kn
KTn Kt KT
n Kn
−
βTt HT
t Htβt βTt HT
t Hnβn
βTn HT
n Htβt βTn HT
n Hnβn
= (ν − 2) sµµ′where sµµ′ is an estimate of the (unknown) expectation value σµµ′ = E (uµuµ′), and
µ, µ′ = t, n. This last matrix may be inverted to obtain (ν − 2)−1sµµ′. Knowing sµµ′
enables one to obtain the following symmetric moment matrix of the two-stage Aitken
estimators
V (β) =
sttHTt Ht stnHT
t Hn
sntHTn Ht snnHT
n Hn
−1
(A–5)
whose diagonal elements are the estimated coefficient estimator variances, and off-diagonal
elements are estimated covariances.
180
![Page 181: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
The two-stage Aitken coefficient estimates are
β = V (β)
sttHTt Kt + stnHT
t Kn
sntHTn Kt + snnHT
n Kn
(A–6)
For the experiments analyzed in this paper, Ht = Hn, making the two-stage Aitken
estimators the same as the single equation least squares estimators, but the variance-covariance
matrix, V (β), is not diagonal, i.e., the covariances are non-zero.
181
![Page 182: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
APPENDIX BDERIVATION OF FOURIER COEFFICIENTS
Fourier coefficients L0, Lk,Mk, T0, Tk, Rk, B0, Bk, and Ck, are derived by inspection of
Fig. 3-3, writing the functional relationships valid for the fundamental period, θp ∈ [0, 2π),
and integrating appropriately using standard Fourier series procedures (Kreyszig, 2006).
B.1 Fourier Coefficients for θL
The variation of θL in Type I and Type II cutting is the same as is readily observed
by inspection of the Fig. 3-3. The functional relationship between θL and θ1 , within the
fundamental period, [0, 2π), is
θL =
0, θ ∈ [0, θst)
θ, θ ∈ [θst, θex]
θex θ ∈ [θex, θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
0, θ ∈ [θex + (2a tan λ)/D, 2π)
(B–1)
Fourier coefficient L0
L0 =Area under the (θL − θ) curve
2π(B–2)
A straightforward calculation yields Eq. 3–12.
Fourier coefficient Lk
Lk =1
π
2π∫
0
θL(θ) cos θdθ =1
π
θex∫
θst
θ cos θdθ +
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θex
θex cos θdθ
Upon simplification
Lk =
−θst
πksin[kθst]− 1
πk2cos[kθst]
+1
πk2cos[kθex] +
θex
πksink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–3)
1 in the derivations, the subscript, p, is dropped from θp for the sake of convenience.
182
![Page 183: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Fourier coefficient Mk
Mk =1
π
2π∫
0
θL(θ) sin θdθ =1
π
θex∫
θst
θ sin θdθ +
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θex
θex sin θdθ
Upon simplification
Mk =
− 1
πk2sin[kθst] +
θst
πkcos[kθst]
+1
πk2sin[kθex]− θex
πkcosk[θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–4)
B.2 Fourier Coefficients for θT
Figure 3-3 shows that the variation of θT is the same in Type I and Type II cutting.
The functional relationship between θT and θ, within the fundamental period, [0, 2π), is
θT =
0, θ ∈ [0, θst)
θst, θ ∈ [θst, θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
θ − (2a tan λ)/D, θ ∈ [θst + (2a tan λ)/D, θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
0, θ ∈ (θex + (2a tan λ)/D, 2π)
(B–5)
Fourier coefficient T0
T0 =Area under the (θT − θ) curve
2π(B–6)
A straightforward calculation yields Eq. 3–13.
Fourier coefficient Tk
Tk =1
π
2π∫
0
θT (θ) cos θdθ =1
π
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θst
θst cos θdθ+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
(θ − 2a tan λ
D) cos θdθ
Upon simplification
Tk =
−θst
πksin[kθst]− 1
πk2cosk[θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
+θex
πksink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]+
1
πk2cosk[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–7)
183
![Page 184: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
Fourier coefficient Rk
Rk =1
π
2π∫
0
θT (θ) sin θdθ =1
π
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θst
θst sin θdθ+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
(θ − 2a tan λ
D) sin θdθ
Upon simplification
Rk =
θst
πkcos[kθst]− 1
πk2sink[θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
+1
πk2sink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D] − θex
πkcosk[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–8)
B.3 Fourier Coefficients for b in Type I Cutting
The variation of b in Type I cutting is observed by inspection of the Fig. 3-3. The
functional relation between b and θ, within the fundamental period, [0, 2π), is
b|Type I =
0, θ ∈ [0, θst)
D cot λ2
[θ − θst], θ ∈ [θst, θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
a, θ ∈ [θst + (2a tan λ)/D, θex]
D cot λ2
[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D], θ ∈ [θex, θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
0, θ ∈ (θex + (2a tan λ)/D, 2π)
(B–9)
Fourier coefficient B0|Type I
B0|Type I =Area under the Type I (b− θ) curve
2π(B–10)
A straightforward calculation yields Eq. 3–14.
Fourier coefficient Bk|Type I
Bk|Type I =1
π
2π∫
0
b(θ)|Type I cos θdθ =1
π
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θst
D cot λ
2[θ − θst] cos θdθ +
θex∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
a cos θdθ
+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θex
D cot λ
2[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D] cos θdθ
184
![Page 185: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
Upon simplification
Bk|Type I =D cot λ
2πk2
− cos[kθst] + cos[kθex]
+ cosk[θst + (2a tan λ)/D] − cosk[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–11)
Fourier coefficient Ck|Type I
Ck|Type I =1
π
2π∫
0
b(θ)|Type I sin θdθ =1
π
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θst
D cot λ
2[θ − θst] sin θdθ +
θex∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
a sin θdθ
+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θex
D cot λ
2[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D] sin θdθ
Upon simplification
Ck|Type I =D cot λ
2πk2
− sin[kθst] + sin[kθex]
+ sink[θst + (2a tan λ)/D] − sink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–12)
B.4 Fourier Coefficients for b in Type II Cutting
The variation of b in Type II cutting is observed by inspection of the Fig. 3-3. The
functional relation between b and θ, within the fundamental period, [0, 2π), is
b|Type II =
0, θ ∈ [0, θst)
D cot λ2
[θ − θst], θ ∈ [θst, θex)
D cot λ2
[θex − θst], θ ∈ [θex, θst + (2a tan λ)/D]
D cot λ2
[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D], θ ∈ [θst + (2a tan λ)/D, θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
0, θ ∈ (θex + (2a tan λ)/D, 2π)
(B–13)
Fourier coefficient B0|TypeII
B0|TypeII =Area under the Type II (b− θ) curve
2π(B–14)
A straightforward calculation yields Eq. 3–14.
185
![Page 186: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
Fourier coefficient Bk|Type II
Bk|Type II =1
π
2π∫
0
b(θ)|Type II cos θdθ =1
π
θex∫
θst
D cot λ
2[θ − θst] cos θdθ
+
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θex
D cot λ
2[θex − θst] cos θdθ
+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
D cot λ
2[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D] cos θdθ
Upon simplification
Bk|Type II =D cot λ
2πk2
− cos[kθst] + cos[kθex]
+ cosk[θst + (2a tan λ)/D] − cosk[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–15)
Fourier coefficient Ck|Type II
Ck|Type II =1
π
2π∫
0
b(θ)|Type II sin θdθ =1
π
θex∫
θst
D cot λ
2[θ − θst] sin θdθ
+
θst+2a tan λ
D∫
θex
D cot λ
2[θex − θst] sin θdθ
+
θex+ 2a tan λD∫
θst+2a tan λ
D
D cot λ
2[−θ + θex + (2a tan λ)/D] sin θdθ
Upon simplification
Ck|Type II =D cot λ
2πk2
− sin[kθst] + sin[kθex]
+ sink[θst + (2a tan λ)/D] − sink[θex + (2a tan λ)/D]
(B–16)
The observation is that the coefficients have the same algebraic form for both, Type I
and Type II cutting. They need not be listed separately in Table 3-1.
186
![Page 187: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
REFERENCES
Abrari, F., Elbestawi, M. A., 1997. Closed form formulation of cutting forces for ball andflat end mills. International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 37 (1), 17–27.
Altintas, Y., Budak, E., 1995. Analytical prediction of stability lobes in milling. Annals ofthe CIRP 44 (1), 357–362.
Altintas, Y., Chan, P. K., 1992. In-process detection and suppression of chatter in milling.International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 32 (3), 329–347.
Altintas, Y., Lee, P., 1996. A general mechanics and dynamics model for helical end mills.Annals of the CIRP 45 (1), 59–64.
Altintas, Y., Spence, A., 1991. End milling force algorithms for CAD systems. Annals ofthe CIRP 40, 31–34.
Armarego, E. J. A., Deshpande, N. P., 1991. Computerized end-milling force predictionswith cutting models allowing for eccentricity and cutter deflections. Annals of the CIRP40 (1), 25–29.
Bayly, P., Halley, J., Mann, B., Davies, M., 2003. Stability of interrupted cutting bytemporal finite element analysis. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 125,220–225.
Bayoumi, A., Yucesan, G., Kendall, L., 1994. An analytic mechanistic cutting force modelfor milling operations: A case study of helical milling operations. Transactions of theASME, Journal of Engineering for Industry 116, 331–339.
Ber, A., Rotberg, J., Zombach, S., 1988. A method for cutting force evaluation of endmills. Annals of the CIRP 37 (1), 37–40.
Brandolini, L., Colzani, L., 1999. Localization and convergence of eigenfunctionexpansions. The Journal of Fourier Analysis and Applications 5 (5), 431–447.
Cadille, R., 2008. Manufacturer’s Certificate. Kistler Instrument Corp., Amherst, NY.
Castro, L. C., Vieville, P., Lipinski, P., 2006. Correction of the dynamic effects on forcemeasurements made with piezoelectric dynamometers. International Journal of MachineTools and Manufacture 46, 1707–1715.
DeVor, R., Kline, W., 1980. A mechanistic model for the force system in end milling. In:Proceedings of NAMRC 8. SME.
Dieck, R., 1997. Measurement uncertainty models. ISA Transactions 36 (1), 29–35.
Duncan, S. S., Kurdi, M. H., Schmitz, T. L., Snyder, J. P., 2006. Uncertainty propagationfor selected analytical milling stability limit analyses. In: Transactions of NAMRI/SME.pp. 17–24.
187
![Page 188: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
Ehman, K. F., Kapoor, S. G., DeVor, R. E., Lazoglu, I., 1997. Machining processmodeling: A review. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 119, 655–663.
Engin, S., Altintas, Y., 2001. Mechanics and dynamics of general milling cutters. PartI: Helical end mills. International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 41 (15),2195–2212.
Fotowicz, P., 2006. An analytical method for calculating a coverage interval. Metrologia43, 42–45.
Gibbs, J., 1898. Fourier’s series. Nature LIX, 200.
Gibbs, J., 1899. (correction to) Fourier’s series. Nature LIX, 606.
Gradisek, J., Kalveram, M., Weinert, K., 2004. Mechanistic identification of specificforce coefficients for a general end mill. International Journal of Machine Tools andManufacture 44, 401–414.
Gygax, P., 1980. Experimental full cut milling dynamics. Annals of the CIRP 29 (1),61–66.
Insperger, T., 2003. Stability Analysis of Periodic Delay-Differential Equations ModelingMachine Tools Chatter. PhD dissertation, Budapest University of Technology andEconomics, Budapest, Hungary.
ISO, 1995. Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement, 2nd Edition.International Organization for Standardization, Geneva.
Jayaram, S., Kapoor, S. G., DeVor, R. E., 2001. Estimation of the specific cuttingpressures for mechanistic cutting force models. International Journal of MachineTools and Manufacture 41, 265–281.
Kacker, R., Klaus-Dieter Sommer, Kessel, R., 2007. Evolution of modern approaches toexpress uncertainty in measurement. Metrologia 44, 513–529.
Kienzle, O., 1952. Die bestimmung von kraften und leistungen an spanenden werkzeugenund werkzeugmaschinen. VDI-Z 11/12, 299–306.
Kim, H. S., Schmitz, T. L., 2007. Bivariate uncertainty analysis for impact testing.Measurement Science and Technology 18 (11), 3565–3571.
Klien, W., 1937. Die zeitliche verlauf der umfangskraft bei einem walzenfraser. Archive ofApplied Mechanics (Ingenieur Archiv) 8 (6), 425–432.
Kline, W., 1982. The prediction of cutting forces and surface accuracy for the end millingprocess. Ph.D. thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign,IL.
Kline, W., DeVor, R., Lindberg, J., 1982. The prediction of cutting forces in end millingwith application to cornering cuts. International Journal of Machine Tool Design andResearch 22 (1), 7–22.
188
![Page 189: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
Kline, W. A., DeVor, R. E., 1983. The effect of runout on cutting geometry and forcesin endmilling. International Journal of Machine Tool Design and Research 23 (2-3),123–140.
Ko, J. H., Cho, D.-W., 2005. Determination of cutting-condition-independent coefficientsand runout parameters in ball end milling. International Journal of AdvancedManufacturing Technology 26, 1211–1221.
Ko, J. H., Yun, W.-S., Cho, D.-W., Ehman, K. F., 2002. Development of a virtualmachining system, Part 1: Approximation of the size effect for cutting force prediction.International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 42, 1595–1605.
Koenigsberger, F., Sabberwal, A., 1961. An investigation into the cutting force pulsationsduring milling operations. International Journal of Machine Tool Design and Research 1,15–33.
Kreyszig, E., 2006. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition. John Wiley & Sons,Inc., Hoboken, NJ.
Ku, M.-H., 2006. The effect of milling conditions and tool geometry on cutting coefficients.Master’s thesis, National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan.
Kurdi, M. H., 2005. Robust multicriteria optimization of surface location error andmaterial removal rate in high speed milling under uncertainty. PhD dissertation,University of Florida.
Leigh, E., Schueller, J., Tlusty, J., Smith, S., 2000. Advanced machining techniqueson titanium rotor parts. AHS International, Annual Forum, 56th, Virginia Beach,Proceedings. 1, 235–253.
Li, H., Shin, Y. C., 2006. A comprehensive dynamic end milling simulation model. ASMEJournal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 128, 86–95.
Li, X. P., Li, H. Z., 2004. Theoretical modelling of cutting forces in helical end millingwith cutter runout. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 46 (12-13), 1399–1414.
Mann, B., Edes, B., Easley, S., Young, K., Ma, K., 2008. Chatter vibration and surfacelocation error prediction for helical end mills. International Journal of Machine Toolsand Manufacture 48 (3-4), 350–361.
Mann, B., Insperger, T., Bayly, P., Stepan, G., 2003. Stability of up-milling anddown-milling, part 2: experimental verification. International Journal of MachineTools and Manufacture 43 (1), 35–40.
Mann, B. P., 2003. Dynamic models of milling and broaching. D.Sc. dissertation,Washington University, Saint Louis.
189
![Page 190: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
Mann, B. P., Young, K. A., Schmitz, T. L., Dilley, D. N., 2005. Simultaneous stabilityand surface location error predictions in milling. Journal of Manufacturing Science andEngineering 127, 446–453.
Martellotti, M., 1941. An analysis of the milling process. Transactions of the ASME 63,667–700.
Martellotti, M., 1945. An analysis of the milling process, Part II - Down milling.Transactions of the ASME 67, 233–251.
Junz Wang, J.-J., Liang, S., Book, W., 1994. Convolution analysis of milling forcepulsating. ASME Journal of Engineering for Industry 116, 17–25.
Junz Wang, J.-J., Zheng, C., 2003. Identification of cutter offset in end milling withouta prior knowledge of cutting coefficients. International Journal of Machine Tools andManufacture 43 (7), 687–697.
Merchant, M. E., 1945. Mechanics of the metal-cutting process - I. Orthogonal cutting anda type II chip. Journal of Applied Physics 16 (5), 267–275.
Montgomery, D., Altintas, Y., 1991. Mechanism of cutting force and surface generation indynamic milling. Journal of Engineering for Industry 113 (2), 160–168.
Nelson, S., Schueller, J., Tlusty, J., 1998. Tool wear in milling hardened die steel. Journalof Manufacturing Science and Engineering 120, 669–673.
Patel, B., Mann, B., Young, K., 2008. Uncharted islands of chatter instability in milling.International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 48 (1), 124–134.
Perez, H., Vizan, A., Hernandez, J. C., Guzman, M., 2007. A 3D cutting-force modelfor end milling of parts having sculptured surfaces. Journal of Materials ProcessingTechnology 190, 18–22.
Piispanen, V., 1937. Teknillinen Aikakaushehti (Finland) 27, 315–322.
Piispanen, V., 1948. Theory of formation of metal chips. Journal of Applied Physics 19,876–881.
Powell, K. B., 2008. Cutting Performance and Stability of Helical Endmills with VariablePitch. Master’s Thesis, University of Florida.
Sabberwal, A., 1961. Chip section and cutting force during the milling operation. Annalsof the CIRP 10, 197–203.
Salomon, C., 1926. Die Frasarheit. Werkstattstechnik 20, 469–474.
Sawin, N. N., 1926. Theory of milling cutters. Mechanical Engineering 48, 1203–1209.
Schmitz, T., Mann, B., 2006. Closed-form solutions for surface location error in milling.International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 46 (12-13), 1369–1377.
190
![Page 191: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
Schmitz, T. L., 2005. Frequency domain surface location error solution. In: Proceedings ofthe American Society for Precision Engineering Annual Meeting. Norfolk, VA.
Schmitz, T. L., Couey, J., Marsh, E., Mauntler, N., Hughes, D., 2007. Runout effects inmilling. International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 47, 841–851.
Schueller, J. K., Bhattacharyya, A., Payne, S., 2007. An experimental study of tool wearin miniature end milling of Ti6Al4V. In: Proceedings of the International TitaniumAssociation 23rd Annual Conference & Exhibition. Orlando, FL.
Shin, Y. C., Waters, A. J., 1997. A new procedure to determine instantaneous cuttingforce coefficients for machining force prediction. International Journal of Machine Toolsand Manufacture 37 (9), 1337–1351.
Shirase, K., Altintas, Y., 1996. Cutting force and dimensional surface error generation inperipheral milling with variable pitch endmills. International Journal of Machine Toolsand Manufacture 36 (5), 567–584.
Slavicek, J., 1965. The effect of irregular tooth pitch on stability of milling. In:Proceedings of the 6th MTDR Conference, Manchester. Pergamon Press, London,pp. 15–22.
Sutherland, J. W., DeVor, R. E., 1986. An improved method for cutting force and surfaceerror prediction in flexible end milling systems. Journal of Engineering for Industry 108,269–279.
Taylor, B. N., Kuyatt, C. E., 1994. NIST Technical Note 1297, 1994 edition: Guidelines forevaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results. United StatesDepartment of Commerce Technology Administration, National Institute of Standardsand Technology, Gaithersburg, MD.
Taylor, F. W., 1907. On the art of metal cutting. Transactions of the ASME 28, 31–350.
Taylor, J., 1997. An Introduction to Error Analysis: The Study of Uncertainties inPhysical Measurements. University Science Books.
The Statistical Abstract, 2008a. Metalworking Machinery - Value of Shipments: 2005. U.S.Census Bureau.
The Statistical Abstract, 2008b. U.S. Machine Tool Consumption - Gross New Orders andExports: 2005 and 2006. U.S. Census Bureau.
Tlusty, J., 1985. Machine dynamics. In: R.I.King (Ed.), Handbook of High SpeedMachining Technology. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Tlusty, J., 2000. Manufacturing Processes and Equipment. Prentice Hall, Upper SaddleRiver, NJ.
191
![Page 192: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
Tlusty, J., Ismail, F., Zaton, W., 1983. Use of special milling cutters against chatter. In:Proceedings of the NAMRC 11. SME, pp. 408–415.
Tlusty, J., MacNeil, P., 1975. Dynamics of cutting forces in end milling. Annals of theCIRP 24 (1), 21–25.
Tounsi, N., Otho, A., 2000. Dynamic cutting force measuring. International Journal ofMachine Tools and Manufacture 40, 1157–1170.
Tsai, C., 2007. Analysis and prediction of cutting forces in end milling by means of ageometrical model. The International Journal for Advanced Manufacturing Technology31 (9), 888–896.
Turzeniecka, D., 2000. Errors in the evaluation of the coverage factor as a criterionof applications of approximate methods of evaluation of expanded uncertainty.Measurement 27, 223–229.
Usui, E., Hirota, A., Masuko, M., 1978a. Analytical prediction of three dimensional cuttingprocess: Part 1 Basic cutting model and energy approach. Journal of Engineering forIndustry 100, 222–228.
Usui, E., Hirota, A., Masuko, M., 1978b. Analytical prediction of three dimensionalcutting process: Part 2 Chip formation and cutting force with conventional single pointtool. Journal of Engineering for Industry 100, 222–228.
Vanherck, P., 1967. Increasing milling machine productivity by use of cutters withnon-constant cutting edge pitch. In: Proceedings of the 8th MTDR Conference,Manchester. Pergamon Press, London, pp. 947–960.
Wan, M., Zhang, W., Tan, G., Qin, G., 2007. An in-depth analysis of the synchronizationbetween the measured and predicted cutting forces for developing instantaneous millingforce model. International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 47 (12-13),2018–2030.
Wang, J. J., Liang, S. Y., Herman, P. A., 1993. Surface finish enhancement in endmilling via inverse runout trajectory following. Transactions of the North AmericanManufacturing Research Institution of SME, Stillwater, Oklahoma XXI, 103–109.
Weinert, K., Surmann, T., Enk, D., Webber, O., 2007. The effect of runout on the millingtool vibration and surface quality. Production Engineering Research and Development1 (3), 265–270.
Willink, R., 2007. A generalization of the Welch–Satterthwaite formula for use withcorrelated uncertainty components. Metrologia 44 (5), 340–349.
Xu, L., Schueller, J. K., Tlusty, J., 1998. A simplified solution for the depth of cut inmulti-path ball end milling. Machining Science and Technology 2 (1), 57–75.
192
![Page 193: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
Yang, L., DeVor, R. E., Kapoor, S. G., 2005. Analysis of force shape characteristics anddetection of depth-of-cut variations in end milling. Journal of Manufacturing Scienceand Engineering 127, 454.
Yellowley, I., 1988. A note on the significance of the quasi-mean resultant force andthe modelling of instantaneous torque and forces in peripheral milling. Journal ofEngineering for Industry 110, 300–303.
Zellner, A., 1962. An efficient method of estimating seemingly unrelated regressions andtests for aggregation bias. Journal of the American Statistical Association 57 (298),348–368.
Zheng, L., Liang, S. Y., Melkote, S. N., 1998. Angle domain analytical model for endmilling forces. Transactions of the ASME, Journal of Manufacturing Science andEngineering 120, 252–258.
Zheng, L., Yawei, L., Liang, Y., 1997. An generalized model of milling forces. TheInternational Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 14, 160–171.
193
![Page 194: c 2008 Abhijit Bhattacharyyaufdcimages.uflib.ufl.edu/UF/E0/02/26/63/00001/bhattacharyya_a.pdf · questions which sent me hunting for deeper answers. He let me set my own pace, provided](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022050401/5f7eca5039de4469fd37343d/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH
The author was born in Bhilwara, India, on March 8, 1962. He was raised in India
where he obtained a Bachelor of Technology degree in mechanical engineering from the
Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, in 1984. He then worked in sales and applications
of cutting tools, forming tools, and wear-resistant parts. In 2003, he decided to go back
to school to augment his education. He is currently a doctoral candidate the University of
Florida.
194